E464 iL1DJ'UJ M1ALI PROJECT Volume 2 WIDHOIOWER FACILITY Prepared for: Richmond, UK - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -] * 4'~~~~~~~~I 41 .4- ~11 1 -tzi -Ole~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I G~ C I'll. Canada .*,-. 4' ~~~~~~~~~~u1;~~~~ *~01 iq.~~ * F-L C~ ~" Transmission ~~ D~~~~Hh ~~System EIS ..._____. mm~~~~A Technical Resettlement Technical Resettlement Appendices and ApedcsAction Plan Community (Aped Development(AP Action Plan (RCDAP) The complete Bujaga.i Project EIA consists of 7 documents BUJAGALI PROJECT HYDROPOWER FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT MAIN REPORT Prepared for: AES Nile Power Richmond, UK Prepared by: Approved by: ESG International Inc. (7/'l Guelph, Canada Q Zd1XoQ&) Claudia Schaerer and Approved by: WS Atkins International Epsom, UK Brett Ogilvie in association with Development Consultants International (DCI) Ltd., Kampala, Uganda and African Development and Economic Consultants (ADEC) Ltd., Nairobi, Kenya March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Fucility EIA Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION ...1......................................... 1.1 Project History ...........................................................1 1.2 Key Project Features ........................................................... 6 1.3 Project Schedule ..........................................................9 1.4 EIA Process .......................................................... 9 2. LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND POLICY REQUIREMENTS ................... 15 2.1 Government of Uganda .......................................................... 15 2.1.1 The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995 .16 2.1.2 The Investment Code No. 1/91 .17 2.1.3 The Electricity Act, 1999 .17 2.1.4 The National Environment Statute No. 4/1995 and its Regulations .20 2.1.5 Water Statute, 1995 and its Regulations .25 2.1.6 The Rivers Act (CAP 347) .26 2.1.7 Land Act, 1998 .26 2.1.8 Town and Country Planning Act (CAP 30) .27 2.1.9 Wildlife Statute, 1996 .28 2.1.10 Fisheries Act .29 2.1.11 The Local Government Act No. 1/1997 .29 2.1.12 Riparian Rights .29 2.2 World Bank Group ....................................................... 30 2.2.1 Policies and Procedures ...................................................... 31 2.2.2 Guidelines ...................................................... 31 2.3 African Development Bank ...................................................... 37 2.4 International Conventions ...................................................... 38 2.5 World Commission on Dams (WCD) .......................................... 39 2.6 Concordance Analysis of EIA Requirements .................................... 40 3. EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CONDITIONS .. 41 3.1 Land Conditions ...................................................... 41 3.1.1 Topography, Geology and Soils ...................................................... 41 3.1.2 Landscape/Aesthetics ...................................................... 42 3.1.3 Hydrology, Drainage and Wetlands ...................................................... 42 3.1.4 Seismicity ...................................................... 49 3.2 Atmospheric Conditions ...................................................... 51 3.2.1 Climate ...................................................... 51 3.2.2 Wind ...................................................... 52 3.2.2 Ambient Noise ...................................................... 52 3.2.3 Air Quality ...................................................... 56 3.3 Biological Conditions ...................................................... 59 3.3.1 Terrestrial Flora and Fauna ...................................................... 59 3.3.2 Aquatic Flora and Fauna ...................................................... 65 3.3.3 Protected Areas ...................................................... 86 3.4 Soc i o-Economic Conditions ...................................................... 88 3.4.1 Administrative Boundaries and Local Govemance ............................................. 88 3.4.2 Land-Use and Settlement Pattems ....................................................... 88 3.4.3 Public Health ...................................................... 95 3.4.4 Economic Activities ...................................................... 102 3.4.5 Toun'sm ...................................................... 112 AlES Nile Power i Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Table of Contents 3.4.6 Transportation. .............................................................. 121 3.5 Cultural Property .............................................................. 126 3.5.1 Spiritual Values .............................................................. 127 3.5.2 Archaeological Values .............................................................. 128 4. ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................... 131 4.1 Need for New Power in Uganda ...............................1............................... l31 4.2 Identification and Evaluation of Alternatives .................................. 132 4.2.1 Alternative Generation Technologies .............................................................. 132 4.2.2 Alternative Hydropower Development Sites on the Victoria Nile ......... .......... 136 4.2.3 Evaluation of Alternative Hydropower Development Configurations at Bujagali ................................................. .............. 146 4.3 Design Optimisation .............................................................. 160 4.3.1 Dam Volume .............................................................. 161 4.3.2 Quarry Reinstatement .............................................................. 161 4.3.3 Processing of Earthfill Material ............................................ .................. 162 4.4 Description of the Preferred Project .............................................................. 162 4.4.1 General Project Description . .............................................................. ]62 4.4.2 Hydropower Facility Location and Layout ........................................................1 68 4.4.3 Power Station ..............................................................1 ,71 4.4.4 Main and Emergency Spillways ............................................................... 176 4.4.5 Asphalt Concrete Core Rockfill Embankment .................................................. 179 4.4.6 Tailrace and Downstream River Bed .............................................................. 181 4.4.7 Abutments .............................................................. 181 4.4.8 Switchyard .............................................................. 181 4.4.9 Fish Passageway .............................................................. 182 4.4.10 Access Roads .............................................................. 182 4.4.11 Impoundment .............................................................. 183 4.4.12 Security, Fences and Gate Houses .............................................................. 186 4.4.13 Labour Force and Accommodation .............................................................. 187 5. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES ............................................................ 189 5.1 Life Cycle Overview ............................................................ 189 5.2 Hydro Dam Construction ............................................................ 190 5.2.1 General ............................................................ 190 5.2.2 Mobilisation ............................................................. 199 5.2.3 Engineering, Procurement and Transportation .............................. 221 5.2.4 Diversion Works ............................................................ 225 5.2.5 Dam, Power Station and Reservoir Construction .............................................. 230 5.2.6 Bujagali Switchyard/Substation ............................................................ 249 5.2.7 Transmission Lines ............................................................. 250 5.2.8 Site Reinstatement ............................................................ 251 5.2.9 Health and Safety on Site ............................................................ 252 5.2.10 Commissioning and Startup ............................................................ 252 5.3 Operation and M aintenance ............................................................ '56 5.3.1 Spillway and Turbine Operation ............................................................' 56 5.3.2 W ater Treatment Plant ............................................................. :59 5.3.3 Sewage Disposal System ............................................................ '59 5.3.4 Solid Waste Management and Hazardous Materials Management .................... ' 59 5.3.5 Monitoring and Maintenance ............................................................ :'59 AES Nile Power March, 2001 !OOJ 'y'-Ivv !!! tO d)!. S3V LOtb' .''*-..........' ..' ..' ..' ....'..''... slaudLuw )iuouo3a-oIae I 9 L LOb. '.. . . . . . slTaju3g 4tluouudolOAOI pUL aLuWOUOOJ 9'L f ot7.....................................i,QuiS ju;)wd%AZ(j XIlUfULtUIOJ 1-~L. 0017...s1ou -,(iuntutuoD ISL 86£ .................................................................. suoisnlz)uoD PUB, Xeuuw nS L b 'L 6E.................................... XPrnS DSA 91X,L _, ................................................................................................... /C n S s l V g t- 06E ..................................... ......... UW.. -x --- -l N -l- oN v---'-' ''--pl 33SbL 06 t--'-'. ' ' ' ''''-' ''- ''- tne- VII NWIdNON b'bL .--'--''---'--'-------'-''--'-'--'--'----''-'----LpflJ, SUt)I1W SA £VbL. 6L£ ' ' '''' ' ' '''.' '' aSOfSS palepaj stLolThI9dO eLaua £1 £'VL £L£- 1 -' - '- - . ---' '- sase3sTc sflOa,u3lU pue a1qualunuJIuoJ OlI£L L8t ................... ................................ *--*- pniSl u5uniclux ZtlDU g6£L Lb£. .''... ..'''''.'.'. snssjl p uon saa uo slouJD 9 1£'L .L££ ''~11 ''~ ' ''' '' f lW lTan 'p 1UJ UO s3lJfl /-£ L 8L ............................... soss 'p'' ''' pu uoin.so jLmmoq ZF£'L A _ ........................................................................ lu ' s;....S . . J.. I - L LE ......................0 Su0JVUO Ppue01 Puie31 'euLlleuLlu bP)uB UOSZ)J L-L LtVE.................................. UJL'I' PUm sPL'O) SS033V uO SWU9JJ 9Y~L. EiE......................... Sj;A~-j MION UO S13Z)Jjg 9-VL LIE apDodpesaDtduolldo .......... [epl u t'-l vol8 sloijjg ZZ'-L OO0Z ................ .....................-uops duioDll pueq UO;[!apueLAS luotu3of3I Zoo [-L .OO£sudto pul usas aJuelwdsuo Z L . ..SUOTUAUOD PUB Sollui 1BUOwuJDt1UI i7'L 66Z.9NI>ILOINOWI UŽ.V INII3N3YNVWA 'NOIIVHISIANJ3c 1L9VdI!JI *L E -................... -JSP uauultuSU1OD a (lf sCjtV pue uor¶nsu°oj 3A flQd aml'jg 9E 9 96Z .......S - -pA- -- UWB[STtlod uoSooI u_oLInund- Y A- 9 56Z .......----spadxIJopo aued b 9 £6Z ........ suot^Ilnsuod LUOIJ ptAUQ s[nSST Upffljo jsuodsu>A Z£9 ........................................... ............. S ul u iOS outiuld o S 18Z. e* 4 * * @ @ vsa11JAH3V uoiWefflSUOJ aflJ,o sflnsa)J £'9 912. --- -SaiLlAi13V UOL11?lnSUOD BUTUPdwO)3 pti PlSI)I IT 66Z ....................."I,--... ............. uotiel npoil;) I Z 0.Z ..soloposilqa apululnsuo pui Ondo1nlnsuo_ 9 g 696Z .s.u.uia..b.. dnoijulnu A 9llawf Z19 69Z.siuatu3Sinba>i putEnjo IusuJuJaAo9 I 1 69Z... s o3uOD XJodsl)j -VE-9 69Z ..i.AI.. 9.O.. 3uIInSO'lDSIA UsY NOIIVjoI1 tSNOw Jllifd *9 L9.Z .uoj 2UUOiSSiUluuO/awlfisolID Zbj S L9Z T. --- --- u1uolslLuuoDa(T t7 S savaJuojfo ajqvj I'y £P/JIDIJ .isJodoJpf tpw Joij iL1/o'hfn Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Table of Contents 7.6.2 Local Economic Benefits .................................................................. 409 7.7 Summnary of Impact Management, Net Effects and Monitoring Measures ........... 411 8. ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PLAN ................................................................... 433 8.1 Environmental Management .................................................................. 434 8.2 Relationship of the EAP to Other Project Plans ................................................... 435 8.3 EAP Component Plans .................................................................. 436 8.3.1 AESNP Environmental Manual .................................................................. 436 8.3.2 Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan (PCDP) .................. ........................... 438 8.3.3 Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan (RCDAP) ............... 438 8.4 Construction Contractor's Plan .................................................................. 439 8.4.1 Hydropower Facility Environmental Mitigation Plan (EMP) ........................... 443 8.4.2 Hydropower Facility Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) ........................ 444 8.4.3 Health and Safety Management Procedures ...................................................... 444 8.4.4 Bujagali Transmission System Environmental Mitigation Plan (UEMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plan (UMoP) .................................................................. 445 8.5 Implementation of the Environmental Action Plan . ................... ..... 445 8.5.1 AESNP's Commitments and Resourcing .......................................................... 445 8.5.2 BEC's Commitments and Resourcing.............................. ...................... ..... 449 8.5.3 Reporting Lines And Decision-Making .................. 451 8.5.4 Environmental Auditing .................................................................. 452 8.5.5 Change Management .5.......................................................... 453 8.6 Responsibilities and Costs for Environmental Mitigation Measures ..4 54 8.7 Responsibilities for Environmental Monitoring Measures . . 4 77 8.8 Institutional Strengthening .......................................................... 183 8.8.1 Uganda Electricity Board (UEB) .......................................................... 184 8.8.2 Fisheries Resources Research Institute (FIRRI) ................................................4 84 8.8.3 Directorate of Water Development - Water Resources Assessment Programme ..........................................................4 84 8.8.4 District Health Offices/Vector Control Unit ....................................................... 184 8.8.5 District Environmental Offices .......................................................... 485 8.8.6 Health Units .......................................................... 485 8.8.7 Forest Department .......................................................... 485 8.8.8 Agriculture Department .......................................................... 486 8.8.9 National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) ................................ 486 8.8.10 Uganda Wildlife Authority .......................................................... 186 8.9 Cash flow for mitigation, monitoring and community development . .................. 186 9. RIEFERENCES ........................................................... 489 FIGURES Figure 1.1: Location of the Bujagali Project .3 Figure 1.2: General Project Configuration. 7 Figure 1 .3: Bujagali Project Schedule ......................... ................... 13 Figure 2.1: EIA Process Flowchart for Uganda .... 23 Figure 3.1: Photos of the Bujagali Vicinity .... 43 Figure 3.2: Noise and Air Quality Sample Sites .... 53 AES Nile Power iM Ilarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilizt EIA Table of Contents Figure 3.3: Biophysical Features .................................... 61 Figure 3.4: Location of Fish Transects .................................... 67 Figure 3.5: Historical Photo of the Nile River .................................... 77 Figure 3.6: Socio-Economic Features .................................... 89 Figure 3.7: Location of Rapids Used By White Water Rafters ............................ ........... 115 Figure 3.8: Schematic Diagram of the Road Network Around the Project Sitc ............... 123 Figure 3.9: Indicative Plan Showing Sites of Cultural Significance at the Community Level ...................................................... 129 Figure 4.1: Economic Need for Electricity Provision in Uganda ..................................... 133 Figure 4.2: Potential Hydropower Development Sites on the Victoria Nile .................... 139 Figure 4.3: Potential Hydropower Development Sites Around Bujagali ......................... 149 Figure 4.4: "B13" Alternative Configuration at Dumbbell Island ..................................... 151 Figure 4.5: "B2" Alternative Configuration at Dumbbell Island ..................................... 153 Figure 4.6: Pern anent and Temporary Land Takes ...................................................... 163 Figure 5.1: Organogram of Bujagali EPC Consortium (BEC) ......................................... 190 Figure 5.2: Stage 1 Temporary Works ...................................................... 193 Figure 5.3: Timeline of Construction Activities ...................................................... 197 Figure 5.4: Mobilization Map ...................................................... 201 Figure 5.5: Preliminary Layout of Water Handling ...................................................... 205 Figure 5.6: Diesel Fuel Storage ...................................................... 207 Figure 5.7: Access and Haul Road ...................................................... 211 Figure 5.8: Possible Sand Sources ...................................................... 217 Figure 5.9: Typical Concrete Batching Plant ...................................................... 219 Figure 5.10: River Diversion Using Cofferdams ...................................................... 227 Figure 5. 1: Spillway Radial Gates ...................................................... 231 Figure 5.12: Longitudinal Section at Foundation Level ..................................................... 233 Figure 5.13: With AC Core, Typical Sections ...................................................... 237 Figure 5.14: Layout of Typical Asphalt Concrete Plant ..................................................... 239 Figure 5.15: Creter Cranes ...................................................... 243 Figure 5.16: Tower Cranes ...................................................... 245 Figure 5.17: Power Station - Vertical Section Through Unit 3 ......................................... 247 Figure 6.1: Public Consultation and Disclosure in Relation to Major Milestones of the Hydropower Facility Development .................................................... 271 Figure 6.2: Examples (Photos) of Typical Methods of Public Consultation .................... 277 Figure 6.3: Map of Villages Consulted .................................................... 289 Figure 7.1: Range of Situations Encountered by Project-Affected Persons ..................... 309 Figure 7.2: Hydropower "Efficiency" Ratio of Bujagali Compared to Other Large Dams in the World .................................................... 311 Figure 7.3: Numbers and Categorization of Project-Affected Persons and Resettlement & Compensation Packages .................................................... 315 Figure 7.4: Mechanisms by Which Bujagali Project can Affect Fish Resources and Biodiversity .328 AFS Nile Power v March, 2001 Bujagali Project HIvdropoiver Facility EIA Table of Contents Figure 7.5: Baseline Traffic Counts --- ........ ..........3.....................4........................ .. 349 Figure 7.6: Predicted Project Traffic During Consturciton Phas .351 Figure 7.7: Total Predicted and Existing Traffic During Construction 353 Figure 7.8: Location of Existing and Proposed Hydropower Projects on the Victoria Nile. 387 Figure 7.9: Major Benefits and Environmental Costs of Five Hydropower Options and Combinations of Options .391 Figure 8.1: Relationship of BEC's Bujagali Project Plan with ISO Standards and Skanska Policies .436 Figure 8.2 Component Plans of the Environmental Action Plan .437 Figure 8.3: Example Production Phase Preparation (Source: Bujagali EPC Consortium, November 2000) . 441 Figure 8.4: Example Production Phase Control (Source: Bujagali EPC Consortium, November 2000). 442 Figure 8.5: AESNP Implementation Team Structure .47 Figure 8.6: BEC Environrment/Working Environment Department Organisation Chart .450 Figure 8.7: Timeline of Compensation, Resettlement, Mitigation, Monitoring and Community Development Activities .457 TABLES Table 2.1: World Bank Group and IFC Safeguard Policies: An Overview .33 Table 3.1: Selected Ugandan and WBG Water Quality Standards .47 Table 3.2: Water Quality Data For Four Sites On The Upper Victoria Nile, Feb- To November 2000 (Minimum And Maximum Values From 10-30 Samples) .48 Table 3.3: Water Quality Data from Namizi and Wakisi Boreholes .49 Table 3.4: Recommended Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) Values .50 Table 3.5: Average Monthly Rainfall And Evaporation At Entebbe. 51 Table 3.6: Measured Existing Ambient Noise Levels .55 Table 3.7: Airborne Particulate (PM1o) Concentrations in the Project Area 57 Table 3.8: Nitrogen Dioxide And Sulphur Dioxide Concentrations At The Project Site .58 Table 3.9: Weeds in the Agricultural Areas Ajround the Proposed Hydropower Facility .63 Table 3.10: Summary of Timed Species Count (TSC) Data for Birds .64 Table 3.11: Scientific, English And Vemacular Equivalent Names Of Commonly- Encountered Fish Species In Uganda .72 Table 3.12: Ecological Characteristics of Important Fish Species in the Upper Victoria Nile .80 Table 3.13: Health Profile for Jinja District, Mukono District and Uganda, 1993 . 96 Table 3.14: Top 10 Diagnoses 1995 (Excluding HIV/AIDS) - All Reporting Districts - All Ages .96 A ES Vile Power vi March, 26001 Bujagali Project hIydropower Facilit EIA Table of Contents Table 3.15: Outpatient Diagnoses for Jinja District (Excluding Jinja Hospital).97 Table 3.16: Cumulative Reported AIDS Cases by Year in Uganda ................................... 98 Table 3.17: HIV/AIDS OPD Diagnoses, Project area, 1997 . ............................................. 99 Table 3.18: Fish Catch By Water Body 1990-1997 (x I 000 Metric Tonnes) .......... .......... 109 Table 3.19: Relative Importance Of Fish Species In Total Ugandan Catch And River Nile Catch, 1994 .......................................................111 Table 3.20: Summary Data For Fisheries Revenue From The Upper Victoria Nile ......... 112 Table 3.21: Rapids Used by Adrift (U) Ltd for One-Day Rafting Excursions ................. 113 Table 3.22: WWR Customer Numbers Reported by Adrift (U) Ltd ................................. 114 Table 3.23: WWR Customer Numbers Reported by Nile River Explorers ...................... 117 Table 3.24: Existing Road and Traffic Conditions ...................................................... 125 Table 3.25: Existing Vehicle Composition ...................................................... 126 Table 4.1: Summary of Comparative Impacts of Karuma, Kalagala and Bujagali Projects (from WS Atkins, 1999)* .141 Table 4.2: Summary of Comparative Impacts of Alternative Configurations at Bujagali (Adapted from WS Atkins, 1999.) .155 Table 4.3: Comparative Impacts of B 1 and B2 Alternative Schemes at Dumbbell Island ...................................... 157 Table 4.4: Specifications for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility .................................... 169 Table 4.5: West Bank SOP Co-ordinates ...................................... 184 Table 4.6: East Bank SOP Co-ordinates ...................................... 185 Table 5.1: Rock Yield From Main Quarry Area (Near Buloba) At Various Quarry Sizes And Excavation Depths .215 Table 5.2: Suppliers of Materials, Manufacturers, Location of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection .221 Table 5.3: Estimated Return Journeys To Bujagali Hydropower Facility For Major Equipment, Materials And Workers .224 Table 6.1: Summary of Consultation Activities for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility Project in Chronological Order .282 Table 7.1: Compliance of the Bujagali Hydropower Facility with Government of Uganda Policies and Regulations .300 Table 7.2: Compliance Of The Bujagali Hydropower Facility With World Bank/IFC Operational Policies .302 Table 7.3: Compliance Of The Bujagali Iydropower Facility With International Treaties And Conventions Ratified By Uganda ............................................. 303 Table 7.4: Rate of Rise and Fall of Bujagali Reservoir Levels During Operation ......... 322 Table 7.5: Predicted Minimum and Maximum Flows Downstream of Owen Falls and Bujagali Hydropower Facilities ................................................... 323 Table 7.6: Importance of Potential Changes on Fish Resources in the River Nile ......... 329 Table 7.7: Microhabitat Types And Associated Fish Species In The Upper Victoria Nile, And Predicted Changes After Construction Of The Bujagali Hydropower Facility ...................................................332 Table 7.8: WB/IFC General Guidelines for Minimum Ambient Air Conditions ........... 338 AESANile Power Miiarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Table of Contents Table 7.9: Typical Asphalt Plant Emission Rates Compared to WBG Guidelines for Constructive Materials Plants ....................................................... 340 Table 7.10: Ugandan Standards and World Bank Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality... 341 Table 7.11: Comparison of GHG Emissions from the Bujagali Hydropower Facility and an Equivalent Thermal Generation Plant ................................................ 342 Table 7.12: Predicted Monthly LAeq Construction Noise Levels (General) ................... 346 Table 7.13: Increases in Traffic on Public Highways During Construction Phase of Buj agali Hydropower Facility ....................................................... 355 Table 7.14: Summary of Bujagali Project's Impacts in the Tourism Sector ......... .......... 363 Table 7.15: Economic Implications of Bujagali Project's Tourism Sector Impacts ......... 363 Table 7.16 Criteria Weights According To Different Visions ......................................... 382 Table 7.17: Probability Table for Ranking of the Sites ................................................... 383 Table 7.18: Summary Of Comparative Impacts Of Combined Development Scenarios (WSAI, 2001) ....................................................... 386 Table 7.19: Impact Mitigation, Net Effects Analysis, and Effects Monitoring Activities412 Table 8.1. General Responsibilities for Environmental Mitigation Measures . ...... 455 Table 8.2. General responsibilities for Environmental Monitoring Measures ................ 479 Table 8.3 Cashflows for environmental and social mitigation and monitoring, and community development packages (thousand USD) .487 AES Nile Power Miii Alarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA 7able of Contents APPENDICES (PROVIDED IN SEPARATE VOLUME) Appendix A. 1: Terms of Reference for Hydro EIA and Scoping Report Appendix A.2: Approval Notice Appendix B: I History of Ripanran Agreements Respecting thc River Nile Appendix B.2: Sample Letter of Project Notification Sent to Countries Bordering the Nile River Appendix B.3: Letter of No Objection from the Government of Egypt Appendix C. 1: Summary FIRRI Reports Appendix C.2: Climatic Data Appendix C.3: Flora and Fauna Survey Data Appendix C.4: Health Services Within the Project Area Appendix C.5: Fisheries Data Appendix C.6: Rail Freight Volume Appendix D. 1: Technical Drawings of Various Components Appendix D.2: Safety Analyses Undertaken for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility Appendix D.3: Foundation Methodology Appendix E. 1: Procedures for Drilling and Blasting During Excavation of Foundation Appendix E.2: Quanry Restoration Plan Appendix F: Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan for the Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility Appendix G. 1: Sediment Transport Desk Study Appendix G.2: Cumulative Effects Appendix G.3: Licensed Non-Implemented Projects in Jinja Town Appendix G.4: Greenhouse Gas Study Appendix G.5: Terms of Reference for the Bujagali Dam Safety Panel Appendix H.l: BEC Training Programrne Appendix H.2: Skanska Environmental Policy Appendix H.3: Project Plan Appendix H.4: Our Way of Working Appendix H.5: Waste Management Plan Appendix H.6: SOE/EWE Job Description Appendix H.7: Monthly Site Inspection Form Appendix H.8: Sample Quarterly Environmental Report AES Nile Power ix Mfarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Table of Contents GLOSSARY AC Asphaltic concrete AESNP AES Nile Power AfDB African Development Bank ASTM American Standard for Testing of Materials BEC Bujagali EPC Consortium BDSP Bujagali Dam Safety Panel CDAP Community Development Action Plan CFR Central Forest Reserve CIO Community Informnation Officer CMO Change Management Objectives CPMP Cultural Property Management Plan DAO District Agricultural Officer dBLA,q Energy Equivalent Sound Level in Decibels, A-weighted DCS Distributed Control System DEO District Environmental Officcr DFID Department for International Development (UK) DHO District Health Officer DLB District Land Board DMU Dispensary and Maternity Unit D/s Downstream DWD Directorate of Water Development EFA Environmental Assessment EAP Environmental Action Plan EH&S Environmental, Health and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIS Environmental Impact Statement EMoP Enviromnental Monitoring Plan EMP Environmental Mitigation Plan EPC Engineer, Procure, Construct ERA Electricity Regulatory Authority ERP Environmental Review Panel EU European Union FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation (of United Nations) FD Forest Department FIRRI Fisheries Resources Research Institute (formnerly known as Fisheries Research Institute) FSL Full Supply Level GDP Gross Domestic Product GoU Government of Uganda GWh GigaWatt hours AES Nile Power x March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower FaciHit EIA Table of Contents HEP Hydro-Electric Power H&S MP Health and Safety Management Plan HVAC Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning IA Impact Assessment IBRD International Bank of Reconstruction and Development IDA International Development Association IFC International Finance Corporation JITDA Jinja tourism Development Association LC Local Council (ranging from LCI [village] to LC5 [district]) LFR Local Forest Reserve IUCN International Union for the Conservation of Nature LAC Limits of Acceptable Change LV Low Voltage LVFO Lake Victoria Fisheries Organisation mASL metres above sea level MDE Maximum Design Earthquake MFL Maximum Flood Level MFNP Murchison Falls National Park MoH Ministry of Health MOL Minimum Operating Level MSL Mean Sea Level MRF Minimum Residual Flow MTWA Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities MUIENR Makerere University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources MW Megawatt NARO National Agriculture Research Organisation NEMA National Environment Management Authority NGO Non-Governimental Organisation NRE Nile River Explorers Ltd. NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units NWSC National Water and Sewerage Corporation ODs Operational Directives OPD Out-Patient Department OPs Operational Policies OPSD Operational Private Sector Department PAP Project-Affected Person PCDP Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan PM10 Dust with an aerodymanic diameter of less than 10 microns (urm) PoE Panel of Experts PPA Power Purchase Agreement ppb parts ber billion PSCP Pollutant Spill Contigency Plan A ES Nile Power xi Auarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Table of Contents PSOC Private Sector Operation Committee Q Water flow in m3/sec RAP Resettlement Action Plan RCDAP Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan RDC Resident District Commissioner RUWASA Rural Water and Sanitation Project SEO Site Environmental Officer SOP Setting-out Point SR Social Responisibility STD Sexually-transmitted disease TCU True Colour Unit ToRs Terms of Reference TMP Traffic Management Plan TSC Timed Species Count TSS Total Suspended Solids UEB Uganda Electricity Board UEMP UEB Transmission System Environmental Mitigation Plan UEMoP UEB Transmission System Environmental Monitoring Plan gg Microgram 4S Micro Siemens UIA Uganda Investment Authority ULC Ugandan Land Commission UMA Uganda Manufacturers Association UNBS Uganda National Bureau of Standards UŽ4CCI Uganda National Chamber of Commerce and Industry USh Ugandan Shillings UTB Uganda Tourism Board UWA Uganda Wildlife Authority VCU Vector Control Unit WB World Bank WCD World Commission on Dams WMP Waste Management Plan WRAP Water Resources Assessment Programme WWR White water rafting AES NVile Po wer xii 11arch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 1 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Project History The Bujagali project is a proposed 250 MW hydropower facility on the Victoria Nile in the Republic of Uganda. It is located at Dumbbell Island, approximately 8 km downstream (i.e. north) of the Town of Jinja (see Figure 1.1). AES Nile Power (AESNP) is the proponent of this project. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) document has been prepared to comply with the requirements of the World Bank Group, a potential financial lender of the project, specifically World Bank and IFC Operational Policies (OP) 4.01 - Environmental Assessment and the other enviromnental and social Safeguard Policies and guidelines of the World Bank Group. The National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA), Uganda's co-ordinating agency for EIA, has already approved the Bujagali hydropower facility in November 1999, based on an Environmental Inpact Statement (EIS)l of the project submitted to it in March 1999 (WS Atkins, 1 999). To evacuate power from the proposed hydropower facility, new transmission lines and improvements to some of Uganda's existing electrical transmission and distribution system will be required. These new lines and system improvements were the subject of a separate EIS submitted to NEMA in December 2000 (ESG International and WS Atkins, 2000) and form part of this EIA being submitted to the World Bank, under separate cover. ' NEMA uses the term "EIS' to refer to the published document summarising an EIA process. For the World Bank Group "EIA" can refer to both the document and the process. Additional details are provided in Chapter 2. 4 ES Nile Power 1 Mkarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter I This page is intentionally blank. A ES Nile Power 2 March, 21I01 f * so .b / Kalagala FallsA . ;s , = } = / r ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~BUSoWoko Falls \ i = + \, t ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Buyala Falls\ Entebbe ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -ubbl l~n HAl) g P&~~~UT^lBUm0 oAgM>? C _ j_o u-"k) >, X < < b , o > t 5 , r Bu agali Falls~Bujagai Fall Uke,ewe V /. ,,.d^<, ,,; 1 .Owen Falls ' AFRItA1RES % ( 7 K X 9 V , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Exatension IEI amM PojctNae - B UJA G A LI H Y D R O P O W E R Date : M A R C H, 2001poe G 3 F i g u r e1 .1Jinja jff' IAWIA 9_ > ', - \ ' \ | Owen Falls DamFowep Fa T ~~~~~~~~ ~~KAMPALA i T A N Z A AIIO T 50KM n~~~BUJAGALI HYDROWE ate DMARCH, 200 G0503-0 TFigUle 1.1 1_ pN LE, Peparedfor F LOCATION OF THE JiEW PoIAES NILE POWER BUJAGALI PROJECT Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter I Uganda is a small, landlocked country straddling the Equator in East Africa with a population of 20.9 million people (World Bank, 1999). Uganda's location in eastern Africa is shown in the inset of Figure 1.1. With a per capita Gross National Product of US$320 per annum (World Bank, 1999), Uganda is one of the world's poorest countries. In 1986, when President Yoweri Museveni came to power in Uganda, broad political, economic, and social reforms were initiated following a fifteen-year period of political, economic, and social tunnoil in the country. By 1995, President Museveni's reforms had produced dramatic results as inflation decreased from 240% in 1987 to 5.4% in 1995 (World Bank, 1999). Despite the stability and economic gains brought by President Museveni's government, Uganda remains one of the least developed nations in the world. One indicator of Uganda's low degree of development is the lack of electricity in the country. At present, less than 6% of Uganda's population have access to electricity in their homes (this figure is less than 1% for people living in rural areas) and, of those that do, many experience "load-shedding" blackouts on a recurrent, if not daily, basis. Economic growth in Uganda has also been compromised by this inadequate supply of power. Businesses lose circa 90 working days each year due to power cuts and load shedding, hampering Uganda's economic growth by approximately 2%/o per annum (Ugandan Investment Authority, 1999). Present domestic demand for electricity is growing at a rate of 7-8% per annum (Electricite de France, 2000; Mubiru, 1999). The latest load forecasts by EdF (2000) estimate that by 2020, 783 MW of capacity will be required to meet demand. Uganda's primary source of electricity is the 180 MW hydropower station located at Owen Falls, originally commissioned in 1954. A further hydroelectric development, known as the "Owen Falls Extension Project (OFEP)," is also under construction at Jinja. The locations of the original Owen Falls hydropower station and the OFEP, relative to the proposed Bujagali hydropower project, are shown in Figure 1.1. Two 40 MW turbines, the first phase of the OFEP, came on line in June and August 2000, respectively. This additional 80 MW capacity is expected to be consumed by present unmet demand (Acres, 1999; UEB, 2000). Further electrical gencration projects, apart from the Owen Falls Extension Project, are still needed to support Uganda's economic development. In addition, the Government of Uganda (GoU) has identified electricity generation as a priority to assist in its poverty alleviation programme (Turyahikaho, 2000). AES Nile Power 5 lflurch, 2001 Bujagali Project HJvdro0power Facility EIA Chapter I The proposed Bujagali hydropower project is designed to meet Uganda's growing electricity demand in the context of the country's above-noted poverty alleviation and economic development objectives. From the forecasts of EdF (2000), the Bujagali hydropower pi oject will also produce a surplus of energy with respect to domestic dcmand in its early year (i.e. between 2005-2010). This could enable the Uganda Electricity Board (UEB) to contin ie to export power to neighbouring countries when domestic demand is satisfied. AESNP is a special purpose company of the AES Corporation (U.S.A.), in association with Madhvani International of Uganda, that has been incorporated in Uganda to builcd the hydropower project at Dumbbell Island. The hydropower facility will be owned and ope:-ated by AESNP for a period of 30 years; the transmission system component of the project will be constructed by AESNP, but gifted to UEB upon complction. 1.2 Key Project Features The Bujagali hydropower facility will consist of a powcr station housing 4 or 5 X 50 MW Kaplan turbines with an associated 30 m high dam and spillway works. The dam will have an asphalt core, necessitating an on-site asphalt batching plant during construction. The project will reciuire 125 ha of permanent land take (45 ha for the project facilities themselves and 80 ha of n:wly inundated area adjacent to the Victoria Nile River) and 113 ha of temporary land take for the project's ancillary facilities (concrete and asphalt batching plants. roads, cofferdams, s ock quarries and stockpile areas). The darn will impound a reservoir extending back to the taiL-ace area of the Owen Falls and Owen Falls Extension facilities, inundating Bujagali Falls (see inset of Figure 1.1). The reservoir will have "live storage" (the water within it will be fully replaced en ery 12-16 hours by upstream flows) and will be 388 ha in surface area, includin, the existing waters of the Victoria Nile. The reservoir waters will be contained within the steeply incised banks of the Victoria Nile between Dumbbell Island and Owen Falls. Adjacent to the power station will be an electrical switching yard that will transmit electricity to the 132kV and 220kV transmission lines needed for the project. The general configuration of the hydropower facility is shown in Figure 1.2. A ES Aile Power 6 March, 2001 j._-Sw.... ' -E - VWW -''- v . ' -_ NILE RIVER ,.<":~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Mte 0 100w ltEd 200 ,t' _ * @j,,9 ; , ?s -- < '; - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Transmisson Lines o ~~~~* { * /"; - C .,. _ = = 0, * __ _ _0 0_ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Inundated Land /r w / gZ -, , \.X; Existing River Area '8 v t r' G ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~when reservoir is filled ob¢' ,/ Source BEC (undated) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~''~~~ Permanent Fence Line - V - Project Na- n I.t. MARCH, 2001 G0503_ I/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ W I £~~~~~~~~~~~~~BJGL MetresR0 __7 Fi00 e 120 po , tp a ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Pr.parBed for GENERAL , ^ t ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~AES NILE POWER PROJECT LAYOUT Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilith EIA Chtapter 1 1.3 Project Schedule AESNP has been in Uganda since 1994, in response to an invitation from President Museveni to independent power producers around the world to assist in the development of the country's electricity infrastructure. Figure 1.3 shows the milestone events that have occurred from that time forward, and the scheduled targets for events planned in the future, for the Bujagali project. 1.4 EIA Process The contents of this EIA report are designed to meet the World Bank Group's documentation requirements, as set out in OP 4.01 and associated policies and guidelines, following an EIA process that has complied with the World Bank Group's (IDA and IFC's) procedural requirements. AESNP has complied with the EIA documentation requirements of NEMA, the lead environmental review agency in Uganda, with the March 1999 submission of the hydropower facility EIS (WS Atkins, 1999) and the December 2000 submission of the transmission system EIS (ESG International and WS Atkins, 2000). In total, this EIA submission to the World Bank Group is comprised of seven volumes. First, there is an Executive Summary of the entire project. Second, there is a set of three volumes relating to the Bujagali hydropower facility: - the Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA; * the Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility Technical Appendices; and, • the Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan (RCDAP). Finally, there is an additional set of three volumes relating to the Bujagali project's transmission system. These are: * the Bujagali Project Transmission System EIA; * the Bujagali Project Transmission System Technical Appendices; and, * the Bujagali Project's Transmission System Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). AES Nile Power 9 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EJA Chapter 7 A key aspect of the approach undertaken by AESNP for the Bujagali project has been to conduct the EIA according to terms of reference (ToRs) that were reviewed by re-iew agencies, including NEMA and the World Bank Group, and members of the public. An Inception Report for the hydropower facility (WS Atkins, 1998) summarised the early consultations undertaken by AESNP, culminating in the preparation in the final ToRs for the EIA. Those ToRs are reproduced in Appendix A.1. Similarly, a Scoping Report and Tcrms of Reference for the Transmission Line EIS (WS Atkins, 1 998b) was produced in December 1998, following site visits and consultation with national and local stakeholders. These I oRs are reproduced in Appendix A of the Transmission System Technical Appendices. Following the finalisation of the project ToRs, the main EIA study for the hydropcwer facility commenced in July 1998, comprising ecological fieldwork, social surveys and consultations with relevant review agencies and potentially affected people. The EIS was submitted to NEMA in March 1999. NEMA convened a public hearing in August 1999 and gave conditional approval to the project in November 1999, subject to certain terms and conditions. The approval notice given by NEMA is attached in Appendix A.2. This HIA document is responsive to the tenns and conditions of the NEMA approval as well as is&.ues raised by the World Bank Group and other stakeholders since the March 1999 documenta ion was released. Following this introduction, the contents of the Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA are as follows: * Chapter 2 describes the legislative, regulatory, and policy requirements for the project; * Chapter 3 describes the baseline conditions in the area of the hydropower facility from both an environmental and socio-economic perspective; * Chapter 4 establishes the need for the project and provides an alternatives analysis and project description; * Chapter 5 discusses the proposed project construction and operation activities; * Chapter 6 describes the public consultation and disclosure progranmme undertaken for the project; * Chapter 7 provides impact identification, management and monitoring; and, * Chapter 8 details the Environmental Action Plan. A ES,Vile Power 10 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facilitv EIA Chapter I A more detailed breakdown of the contents of each of these chapters can be seen in the Table of Contents in the front of this report. In addition, a volume of Technical Appendices and the Hydropower Facility Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan (RCDAP) form part of this EIA. A ES Nile Power I1 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EMA Chapter I This page is intentionally left blank. AES Nile Power 12 AMarch, 2001 /rE rcpt rd roin theo rU s ReqiI,21ttl tj o Pr Oupo, r rp, t ror nt r> thfml u- tr s ifr- -I cccturo und DoQo blv1iydrop ov oprnTt)rcntn trir- V tor 4 Nol.Mo 1V9I- HE FrsdtMryevuii iilitdleb dLi, tbDl vv th AES unit dd t.ivt,v I bit'l ui tIv'jr _ 'I e h Vd rop ui o e ,r ritabio n oL o i t944 I _ F Memno odun, of JndernctanF 19i t, tWei) (, IJ M nd o it 9 oFi ' A iFS _ f F- opi Iq 0OFordr po 0 o ent:OctCtber tlP 10, _4 U Li Ft . FFi tf . , i l i i cr l i iloltn J 1S - fde S Jfi Fu d f v 1 'r'tl jc D (3, c Tri _ _ I __ 7 o [),'eiopmerlt Aqpr cir -,emeen ( ,riJ ?s Mtirilvdr iltl f AS t10.UI' EL 1 Stfr niq ri oMr rttc ccn,rn,d J1 v 199 O Z Apru iri: [t,r,oP 9L0Il iPl lJl'nAgre enrt iPPA), finalnzouol-oeenAESanI -ur Lii a F- ts I tv Si ard 40 stAoiy tvr thP IojAqa rll oI`F or'1 t vt i 1 ,r' I q98 Z O P r ur nq u o of 0F o eptior Report F Li Studv Por,Lcl fvr B_ _ dg__l_ Pr_le_t J_d_-V 1998 wiarwary 200 W tx 3colS rg Report aFd r-i r, of R,erenice lo! tith TanmissiF s30 n Lr EIS uproul-o d _ nd cIr- C a-ed t, N\IL,NIAnd oth1,r ctjs ohr,ctri DLc -r ber 1998 rntermDraftEIS ,ubnittedtoN-'.Aarristaooroki roiOto coih Ient Mar-h l 1 o S0Submission ofthe f nal T-l ne E S DecemFber z' rA2 -t AES sA sririts It; fioia EIS ,I the hrdirpowof Jorop,monot rf the pro ect to NE`.EA E FitMrh I 1099 AESuhta i slctiers oFl '-Fport f ro riocaFcFom 0 ur tl es Apr 1999 NEMAconvpnes a Pub c -Heafinrgr spect ngthe proc i \UqLI9,0109 NEMAapproooothr FlSofthelpyijopi,o,crfo, 9ty %o,emer 49'A AES seco oresfi n Po orPurc hP A mrl rrmnr t,PPA1 Ip __ rif 10_t .__ _ _r_ 1nr0 qoveOrfnient qTarac teefromr rhe GoUl Deer beir l9119 Fina E A0repo9ts 0c F' InfoShrp tlstOuarler 24U£ w O 1ta0 NEMAapproon fortoanp r-Sirm tro ' es 2nd(O)ti eroO1 , _F 4 Z Poor 4dEBankEoeriaoprovalforf nanc op Buja ipFrlel F 2n011 irtr uO _0 _ L n L ate coonstouction act v t es. 200 Gun etPeal uvis ur 0 ac Ic 20 z 4 oairt comm-ci a o _ fet I o 2UUS t OWE BUJAGALI POWER Prepared for UJAGALI PROJECT SCHEDULE Figure 1.3 FACILITY EIA AE IEPOWE ~MARCH, 2001 G00__06 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 2. LEGISLATIVE, REGULATORY AND POLICY REQUIREMENTS In Uganda, environmental approvals for the construction and operation of the Bujagali hydropower facility arc primarily under the jurisdiction of the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA), although there are several other Ugandan statutes and regulations pertinent to the project. This chapter summarises the Ugandan statutory and regulatory requirements pertinent to the Bujagali hydropower facility. As AESNP is seeking financing assistance from international funding institutions for the Bujagali project, this EIA also needs to comply with the environrmental and social rcview requirements of these lenders. Consequently, this chapter section also discusses the applicable guidelines and policies of the World Bank Group and the African Development Bank. 2.1 Government of Uganda Over the recent years, Uganda has developed or revised a number of statutes, regulations and policies for environmental management. This section addresses the Ugandan legislation and policies relevant to environmental management, and particularly to the EIA of the Bujagali hydropower facility. These are: - The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995; * Investment Code (No.1/9 1); * The Electricity Act, 1999; * The National Environment Management Statute, 1995 and its regulations; * The Water Statute, 1995 and its regulations; * The Rivers Act, 347; * The Land Act, 1998; * The Town and Country Planning Act, CAP 30; * The Wildlife Statute, 1996; * The Local Government Act, No.1/1997; and, * The Riparian Agreements respecting the River Nile. Compliance of the Bujagali hydropower facility project with these statutes, regulations and policies is presented in Table 7.1 in Chapter 7. AESNile Power 15 Marchah, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chlapter 2 2.1.1 The Constitution of the Republic of UJganda, 1995 This is the supreme law in Uganda. The Constitution of Uganda provides for, inter llia, matters pertaining to land, natural resources (such as rivers and lakes) and the environn,ent. Objective XXVII of the Constitution declares that the State shall promote sustainible development and public awareness of the need to manage natural resources, and ensure that the utilisation of the natural resources of Uganda shall be managed in such a way as to mieet the needs of present and future generations. It also declares that the State shall promote and implement energy policies that will ensure that people's basic needs and those of environmental preservation are met. Article 39 of the Constitution states that every Ugai:dan has a right to a clean and healthy environment. Under Article 237 (2) of the Constitution, government holds in trust for the people, ard is required to protect, natural lakes, rivers, wetlands, forest reserves, game reserves, nati:)nal parks and any land to be reserved for ecological or touristic purposes for the common goo a of all citizens. In this regard, government is required to enact laws to protect and preserve the environment from abuse, pollution and degradation, and to manage the environment for sustainable development. Against these constitutional obligations and authority, governrient has enacted several pieces of legislation that may be applicable to the proposed construction of the Bujagali hydropower facility. Under Article 237 of the Constitution, land is vested in the citizens of Uganda in accordince with the various land tenure systems but can be compulsorily acquired where it is requirecl for public use in accordance with the conditions prescribed under Article 26. A person wl ose land is compulsorily acquired is entitled to fair and adequate compensation prior to the acquisition of the land. Article 240 of the Constitution, provides for the existence of District Land Boards (DLB). the functions of which are to: * hold and allocate land in the district which is not owned by any person or authority; * facilitate the registration of, and transfer of, interests in land; and, * deal with any matters connected with land in the district in accordance with laws made by Parliament. AES Nile Power 16 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 Where the project developer requires a guarantee from government for the purchase of power or a loan, such guarantee requires the approval of Parliament in accordance with the Constitution. The parliament of Uganda did approve the aforesaid guarantee under the Power Purchase Agreement between AES Nile Power and the Uganda Electricity Board, a fully owned government utility, on November 1999. 2.1.2 The Investment Code No.1/91 This is the law that regulates local and foreign investment in Uganda. The law provides for, inter alia, repatriation of funds, protection against expropriation of property, land acquisition and licensing procedures. Any foreign investor seeking to pursue a particular investment in Uganda is required to obtain an Investment Licence from the Uganda Investment Authority. AES Nile Power, being a foreign company, did obtain an Investment License in September 1997, conditional upon the approval of the EIA for the project by NEMA. 2.1.3 The Electricity Act, 1999 The Electricity Act, 1999 is the principle law applicable to the construction and operation of a hydropower dam. The Electricity Act, 1999 replaced the Electricity Act, 1964 (CAP 135). The application of the Electricity Act, 1999 is subject to the Electricity Act (Commencement) Instrument [Statutory Instrument No.42 of 1999], which provides for the coming into force of the Act. Under the Instrument, section 131 of the Electricity Act, 1999, which repeals the Electricity Act, 1964 (CAP 135) is not yet effective. Therefore, the Electricity Act, 1964 (CAP 135) is still applicable to the extent that it is not inconsistent with the Electricity Act, 1999. Further, S.131 preserves Statutory Instruments made under the Electricity Act, 1964 (CAP 135). The discussion below focuses on the application of the Electricity Act, 1999, as the principle applicable law to the Bujagali project. The objective of the Electricity Act, 1999 is to regulate the generation, transmission, distribution, sale, export and import of electrical energy in Uganda. The Act establishes the Electricity Regulatory Authority (ERA), which is a corporate body responsible for implermenting the aforesaid objectives. The functions of the ERA, as stipulated under S. 11 of the Act include, inter alia: a issuance of generation, transmission, and sale of electricity licences; AES ANiie Powfcir 17 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 * receiving and processing of applications for licenses; * prescribing the conditions and terns of licenses issued; * establishing tariff structures; * approving rates of charges of electricity services provided by transmission and distribution companies; * developing and enforcing performance standards for generation, transmission and distribution of electricity; * encouraging the development of uniform industry standards and codes of conduct; * preparing industry reports; and, * gathering information on generation, transmission, and distribution companies. Under S.52 of the Act, every person intending to construct, own or operate a generating station with a capacity over 0.5 megawatts is required to obtain a generation licence. A person intending to obtain a licence is required to notify the ERA of the intended prolect. Such notice should be in the prescnrbed form, and should as far as possible contain the following, as outlined under S.30 (2) of the Act: (a) information on the financial and legal status, and the technical status and indus:rial competence and experience of the applicant; (b) a description of the project and time-plan for the execution of the project; (c) a review of the use of the land for the project and the relation of the project to local authorities; (d) a review of public and pnrvate measures necessary to carry out the project; (e) information relating to approvals required from public authorities; (f) a description of the impact of the project on electricity supply, socio-economics, cult ural heritage, the environment, natural resources, wildlife; and, (g) any other information requested by the ERA. AES Nile Power 18 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 Under S.34 of the Act, an application for a licence is to be submitted to the ERA and contain, inter alia: a descnrption of how the project fits into the existing and planned power supply, the impact of the project on public interests and possible mitigation and the results of assessments and studies (including EIAs). Under S.38 of the Act, the ERA may reject an application for a licence taking into consideration, inter alia: * the energy needs of the country, region or community; * the impact of the operations of the undertaking on the social, cultural and recreational life of the community; and, * the need to protect the environment and the costs of the project. Under S.43 of the Act, the ERA may revoke a licence where it is not satisfied that the licensee is operating in accordance with the terns and condition of the licence. AESNP acquired a generation licence in January 2000. This licence is subject to S.53 of the Act. which provides that, on expiry of a licence for hydropower generation with a generation capacity exceeding 10 megawatts, the plant, including all existing installations, property and rights needed for power generation, shall be transferred to the government without any compensation being paid to the licensee. Under S. 68(9), a licensee whose licence falls under S.53 of the Act, is an authorised undertaker within the meaning of the Land Act, 1998. As will be further elaborated under the discussion on the Land Act, this entitles government to compulsorily acquire land needed for the implementation of the licensee's project. S.71 of the Act provides that compensation for affected people should be determined in accordance with the Land Act, 1998 and the Land Acquisition Act, 1965. Under S.76 (7), the holder of a license for hydropower generation is required to pay to the District local government in which his or her generating station, including any dam or rcscrvoir is situated, a royalty agreed upon by the licensee and the District local government, in consultation with the ERA. In the case of the Bujagali power project, the royalty will be paid to Jinja and Mukono Districts, collectively, as the project is situated in both districts. A,ES ANile Power 19 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 Part VII of the Electricity Act deals with rural electrification. The governmnent is required to promote, support and provide rural electrification programmes through public and private sector participation. The government is required to prepare a sustainable and co-ordiniated Rural Electrification Strategy and Plan for Uganda. The governnent is also required to establish a Rural Electrification Fund to support rural electrification programmes. The monies for the fund are to be from a number of sources including a levy on transmission :ulk purchases of electricity from generation stations. 2.1.4 The National Environment Statute No. 4/1995 and its Regulations The National Environment Statute 1995 provides for the sustainable management of the environment. It established the National Enviromnental Management Authority (NEM IA), which is charged, inter alia, with the responsibility to oversee, co-ordinate, supervise and operationalise the EIA process in Uganda. This is done in liaison with lead agencies. w lich may be a ministry, department, parastatal, local government or public officer in whom any law vests functions of control or management of any segment of the environment. In the case of hydropower projects, the lead agency is the Directorate of Water Development. In satisfaction of its statutory mandate, NEMA has issued various rules and regulations of relevance to hydropower generation for the sustainable management of the environrr ent. These include: the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, No.12/1998; the Public Hearing Regulations, 1999; and the National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks and Lakeshores) Managenment Regulations, 2000. NEMA has also issued various standards uw ider Part VI of the Statute including the standards for discharge of effluent into water or land and the draft noise standards and the ambient air quality standards. In situations where there are NEMA, WB and IFC guidelines, the most stringent guidelines will be applied to the Buja,gali hydropower project. Under S. 20 of the Statute, every developer of a project listed in the third schedule of the Statute is required to undertake an EIA. Among the projects listed in the schedule are elect]ical infrastructure projects., including electricity generationl stations. The procedure for conducting the EIA, as well as the considerations to be bome in mrinc by the developer, is elaborated in the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations S.I No. 13/1998 and in the Uganda EIA Guidelines (NEMA, 1997). The EIA process is identified as AES Aile Power 20 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 having three major stages - screening, the EIA and decision-making - and is shown graphically in Figure 2.1. The screening process refers to the determination by NEMA as to what level of EIA is required for a particular project. The level of EIA process depends on the scale and possible effects of a project. If a project brief discloses significant impacts on the environment then a detailed EIA must be conducted In undertaking the EL&, the developer is required to consider items listed in the first schedule of the EIA regulations. Following completion of the EIA study, the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) document is submitted to NEMA for the third and final stage of the EIA process, decision-making. The review of the EIA leading to decision-making may last a maximum period of 180 days from the date of submission. This process involves consultation with lead agencies, the directly affected people and the general public. As part of the EIA review process, NEMA may call for a public hearing on the project. The public hearing is non-judicial and is conducted in accordance with the EIA Public Hearing Regulations, 1999. The public hearing should be held in a place that is near, or easily accessible to, the affected people. In the case of the Bujagali hydropower project, NEMA convened the public hearing in Jinja town in August 1999. After the review process, the Executive Director of NEMA can take any of these four decisions: * He may approve the project and issue a Certificate of Approval containing conditions that are legally binding on the developer; * He may require that the project be redesigned using other technology or that an alternative site be chosen, * He may refer back the project or part of it for other issues to be included; or, * He may reject the project. NEMA granted a Certificate of Approval to the Bujagali hydropower project on the 6th of November 1999, subject to various conditions. The Certificate of Approval is in Appendix A.2. AESS Nile Power 21 March, 2001 Bujagafi Project Hydropower Facility EJA Chapter 2 Part VII of the Statute provides for environmental management. S.35 (1) of the Statute provides that no person shall, in relation to a river or lake: (a) use, erect, reconstruct, place, alter, extend, remove or deposit any structure or part o: any structure in, on, under or over the bed; (b) excavate, drill, tunnel, or disturb the bed otherwise; (c) introduce or plant any part of a plant whether alien or indigenous in a lake or river; (d) introduce any animal, micro-organism, whether alien or indigenous in any river or iake, or on, in or under its bed; (e) deposit any substance in a lake or river or in, on or under its bed, if that substance w Duld or is likely to have adverse effects on its environment; (f) divert or block any river from its normal course; or, (g) drain any lake or river. S.35 (2) provides that NEMA may, in consultation with the lead agency, in writing, waive any of the above prohibitions subject to conditions as may be prescribed. NEMA did grant a waiver to AESNP by written letter dated 3 December 1999, in respect of (a) and (b) mentioned above. The National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks and Lakeshores) Management Regulatvons 2000 provide for, inter alia: * sustainable management of wetlands, river banks and lake shores; • prevention of siltation and pollution; * environmental impact assessment for activities likely to have an adverse impact on tfiese features; * special measures for protection of flora and fauna in these habitats; * enhancement of research activities; and, * awareness campaigns and dissemination of information. The regulations provide that the Rivers specified in the sixth schedule shall have a proteclion zone of one hundred metres from the highest watermark of the river. This protection z )ne constitutes the riverbank and no activity is permitted within this zone without the approva of NEMA. The Nile River from Lake Victoria to Lake Albert is included in the schedule. AES Vile Power 22 March, 2001 DEVELOPER INPUTS/OUTPUTS SUBMISSION OF PROJECT BRIEF TO _ PROJECT BRIEF FORWARDED TO THE AUTHORITY AND TO LEAD AGENCY LEAD AGENCY AUTHORITY AND LEAD AGENCY a ' CONSULTATION ON PROJECT BRIEF 2 _ SCEN1 I SCREEN 2 _eSCREEN 3 1 (ANNEX 2) (ANNEX 3) Whether adequate Whether project Whether project mitigation measures CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL OF EIA o | is exempt from EIA requires mandatory have been Ill L_EIA incorporated 1SCOPINGSTAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ON SCOPE T O.Rs | ; . REVIEW OF AUTHORITY LEAD AGENCY AND TO.Rs STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ON TO.Rs El STUDY AND PBIADSAELECOUTIN COLLECTION OF INFORMATION ( PUBLIC AND STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS _ _____________ -Z PUBLIC AND STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS r PREPARE EIS )EIS (_____________________________ - LEAD AGENCY AND PUBLIC COMMENT AND REVIEW Z REVIEW AND COMMENT ' ANY FURTHER STAKEHOLDER AND < ON EIS S LEAD AGENCY COMMENTS EI Z APPROVAL OF EIS O CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL 1 v OF THE EIA _ DECISION ON PROJECT a -> RECORD OF DECISION ACTION_ _BY-DEVELOP Source: Adapted from NEMA (1997) Project Name: __ BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH 2001 G0503_H_07 Figure 2.1 NILE ~~~~~~FACILITYf EIA "POER Prepared for: EIA PROCESS FLOWCHART AES NILE POWER FOR UGANDA Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA CIhapter 2 UJnder the regulations, the Executive Director of NEMA may require that a wetland, river bank or lake shore that has been degraded be allowed to regenerate, or issue a restoration order in accordance with sections 68-72 of the National Environment Statute. 2.1.5 Water Statute, 1995 and its Regulations The Water Statute provides for the use, protection and management of water resources and supply. The Water Resources Regulations, 1998 and the Water (Waste Discharge) Regulations, 1998, were established under the Water Statute, 1995. S.5 of the Statute vests all rights to control, investigate, protect and manage water in government and these rights are exercised by the Minister of Water, Lands and Environment and the Director of Water Development. Under S.6 and S. 18 of the Statute, no person is allowed to acquire or have a right to use water or construct or operate any hydraulic works without a water permit granted by the Director of Water Development. A developer is required to lodge an application for a water permnit with the Director of Water Development in accordance with the Water Resources Regulations, 1998. The permit may be granted upon conditions as may be prescribed by the Director. An application for a water permit for hydropower generation constitutes: (a) Application for surface water permit in accordance with the first schedule of the Water Resources Regulations, 1998. The application is for use of water for hydropower generation and construction of a dam. The developer is required to give specifications of the project; and, (b) Application for a permit for extraction of surface water in accordance with schedule four of the Water Resources Regulations, 1998. This is mainly applicable during the construction period. Under S.18 (5) of the Statute, a person who wishes to construct any works for the purpose of impounding, damming, diverting or conveying any surface water is required to acquire a construction permit. It is prohibited under the Water (Waste Discharge) Regulations, 1998 to discharge effluent on land or in an aquatic environment contrary to the standards established by NEMA. S. I of the Water (Waste Discharge) Regulations defines waste to include any matter or thing whether AES Nile Power 25 March, 2001 Bijagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chiapter 2 whollv or partly solid, liquid or a gaseous state, which if added to water may cause pollution. AESNP may require a waste discharge permit. 2.1.6 The Rivers Act (CAP 347) S.5 of the Rivers Act provides for the requirement of a dredging license by any person intending to undertake dredging of specified rivers, including the Nile. The third schedu e to the Act sets out regulations concerning the restrictions and control of dredging activrties. However, it is not clear whether the requirement for a dredging license is overtaken by the granting of a construction permit issued under the Water Statute, 1995. 2.1.7 Land Act, 1998 The Land Act provides for inter alia, the tenure, ownership and management of land. Urder S.3 of the Land Act, all land in Uganda is vested in the citizens and can be held under tour land tenure systems namely (a) customary; (b) freehold. (c) mailo; and (d) leasehold. S.41 prohibits a non-Citizen from acquiring or holding a mailo or freehold. A non-citizen -an only be granted a lease not exceeding ninety-nine years. S.41 (7) defines a non-citizet to include a corporate body in which the controlling interest lies with non-citizens. AES iP, being a majority-owned Project Company of the AES Corporation, USA, is thus a non-citi.zen and will acquire a leasehold for the period as agreed upon by the government. 5.45 of the Act provides that Government or a local governnent shall hold in trust for the people and protect, natural lakes, rivers, ground water, natural ponds, natural strealns, wetlands, forest reserves, national parks and any other land reserved for ecological alnd touristic purposes for the common good of the citizens of Uganda. S.45 (4) prohibits Government or a local government from leasing out or otherwise alienating any natiiral resource. However, under S.45 (5) government may grant concessions or licenses or permiits in respect of a natural resource. The water permit granted to AESNP is also a permit under S.45 (5). S.74 of the Act provides for land acquisition for public works. It provides that, where it is necessary to execute public works on any land, an authorised undertaker shall enter irto mutual agreement with the occupier or owner of the land and where no agreement is reach,d, the minister responsible for lands may compulsorily acquire the land in accordance v ith Article 26 and 237 of the constitution. An authorised undertaker is defined in the Act to AES Nile Power 26 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitv EIA Chapter 2 mean a person or authority authorised or required by law to execute public works. AESNP, being holder of a generation license. is an authorised undertaker under the Act. The Constitution of Uganda requires prompt payment of fair and adequate compensation where land is compulsorily acquired. Such compensation is assessed in accordance with the valuation principles laid out in S.78 of the Land Act, briefly outlined below: * The value for customary land is the open market value of the unimproved land; * The value of buildings on the land is taken at open market value for urban areas, and depreciated replacement cost for rural areas; * The value of standing crops on the land is detennined in accordance with the district compensation rates established by the respective District Land Board. Annual crops which could be harvested during the period of notice to vacate given to the landowner/ occupier of the land are normally excluded in determining the total compensation; and, * In addition to the total compensation assessed, there is paid a -disturbance allowance of fifteen per cent or, if less than six months' notice to give up vacant possession is given, thirty per cent of the total sum assessed. S.44 provides that any person who owns or occupies land shall manage and utilise the land in accordance with the Forest Act Cap. 246, the Mining Act Cap 248, the National Environment Statute 1995, the Water Statute 1995, the Uganda Wildlife Statute 1996 and any other law. Under S.46 of the Act, it is provided that any use of land shall confonn to the provisions of the law relating to the Town and Country Planning Act (Cap 30). 2.1.8 Town and Country Planning Act (CAP 30) The Town and Country Planning Act (Cap 30) is an Act that consolidates the provisions for the orderly and progressive development of land, towns and other areas whether urban or rural. It establishes a Town and Country Planning Board that has the power to declare an area a Planning Area on the recommendation of a local authority. For each Planning Area a planning committee is established. S.7 of the Act provides that no person is to carry out any development of land without the permission of the planning committee. A ES Nile Popper 27 March, 2007 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 The Town and Country Planning Board declared the Bujagali project site a Planning Area and re-zoned the site from agricultural use to hydropower generation use by statutory instrumejit of 2000. A planning committee for the Bujagali Planning Area will be appointed in due course.. 2.1.9 Wildlife Statute, 1996 The Uganda Wildlife Statute provides for, inter alia, the sustainable management of wilcllife, and establishes the Uganda Wildlife Authority as the body mandated with co-ordina.ion, monitoring and supervision of wildlife management. Wildlife is defined by the Statute to mean any wild plant or wild animal or species natix e to Uganda and includes wild animals that migrate through Uganda. The Statute requires any developer desiring to undertake any project, which may have a significant impact on any wildlife species, to undertake an EIA in accordance with the National Environment Stai ute, 1995. The Uganda Wildlife Authority is also mandated in consultation with NEMA to carry out audits and monitoring of projects likely to affect wildlife. Under Part IV, the Statute provides for creation of wildlife conservation areas iII -wo categories namely, wildlife protected areas and wildlife management areas. Wilcllife protected areas are further sub-divided into national parks and wildlife reserves. Wildlife management areas are sub-divided into wildlife sanctuaries and community wildlife ar.las. The restrictions applying to these categories vary, the main difference being that wildlife management areas envisage diverse unspecified activity within the area whereas wildlife protected areas specify permitted activities that may be carried out in a protected area. Secondly, permission from the Executive Director of the Uganda Wildlife Authority is not necessary for activities in a management area provided they are not destructive to my species. Permission must be obtained for activities in a protected area. The Bujagali hydropower facility site is situated near an animal sanctuary, the Jinja Animr!al Sanctuary, which is a management area under the Statute. Although the project activity is not directly within the sanctuary, assessment of its possible impact on the area was included in the EIA submitted to, and approved by, NEMA in consultation with lead agencies including the Wildlife Authority. The approval of the EIA by NEMA inherently cleared the project as not adversely destructive to any species. AES Nile Power 28 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hyd ropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 2.1.10 Fisheries Act The Fisheries Act makes provision for the control and regulation of fishing and the conservation, purchase, salc, marketing and processing of fish. It was necessarv to carry out a socio-economic impact analysis to detennine the impact of the proposed project on the catches in the project area. This necessarily entailed discussions with the local fishernen. 2.1.11 The Local Government Act No. 1/1997 This Act gives effect to the Govcrnment Policy on de-centralization and devolution of functions, powers and services to Local Governments. Under this Act, District and lower Local Councils are granted the responsibility of managing their natural resources. Some of the de-centralized services and activities for which District Councils are responsible include land administration, physical planning, forests and wetlands. The site of the Bujagali hydropower is in two districts, Jinja and Mukono districts. A chairnan referred to as the Local Council (LC) 5 Chairmnan heads a district. In each district, there is also a representative of the central government referred to as the Resident District Commissioner (RDC). A district is divided into three units namely, the Sub-county or LC 3 level headed by an LC 3 Chairman, the Parish or LC 2 level headed by an LC 2 Chairman, and the village or LC I level headed by the LC 1 Chairman. The project site is made up of 8 villages (8 LC I levels) and thus has 8 LC I Chairmen. These villages are discussed in more detail in section 3.4 of this EIA report. 2.1.12 Riparian Rights The River Nile is a trans-boundary, intemational river that raises complex issues of co- operation and allocation of its waters. The complexity of the Nile arises from the high level of dependence of its riparian states on the river for their social and economic needs vis-a-vis the growing need for development of the river's water resources. Appendix B. 1 analyses the legal regime established under the colonial regime and after independence with respect to riparian rights on the Nile. As noted in Appendix B, Uganda repudiated the colonial-era treaties respecting the River Nile Agreements following independence. No treaties binding all of the Nile riparian states have been developed to replace or augment the colonial-era treaties. Uganda has therefore continued to consult with all basin states on issues of utilisation of the River Nile and AES Vile Power 29 March, 2001 Rujagali Project lydropower Facility FIA Chapter 2 conducted herself within the requirements of customary international law. In this spirit, by a letter of 24 February 2000, the Government of Uganda notified the governments of Esypt, Sudan, Eritrea, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, Rwanda, Tanzaniia, Burundi and Kenya of the intended construction of the Bujagali hydropower project. Refer to Appelidix B.2 for a sample letter. None of the countries has expressed objections to the project. Ei!ypt formally responded that it did not object to the proposed Bujagali hydropower prolect, provided that Egypt's interests are not adversely affected by the project. Refer to Appenidix B.3 for a copy of the letter received from the Government of Egypt. 2.2 World Bank Group The Bujagali Hydropower Facility EIA has been prepared to address the requirements of -wo members of the World Bank Group (WBG): the International Development Association (IDA) and the International Finance Corporation (IFC). World Bank Group environmental and social reviews are guided by a hierarchy of requirements that include: * Environmental and social 'safeguard' policies; * Specific guidelines developed prinmarily by industrial sector; and, * Other guidance and reference documents. These exist within a framework of review, appraisal and decision-making procedures ihat differ somewhat among the different component institutions of the WBG. The policies ' nd procedures of the IDA and IFC are described in Section 2.2. 1. Some of the primary World Bank Group reference documents that were utilised in >Jhe preparation of this EIS were, among others: * Procedure for Environrmental and Social Review of Projects (IFC, 1998); * Guidance for Preparation of a Public Consultation and Disclosure Plan (IFC, 1998); * Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines (IFC, 1998); * Guidance for Preparation of a Resettlement Plan (World Bank, 1998); * World Bank Operational Manual (World Bank Group); and, * Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (World Bank Group, 1998). AES Nile Power 30 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 2.2.1 Policies and Procedures World Bank operational policies and procedures are codified in the World Bank Operational Manual. In 1987, the World Bank began consolidation of its Operational Manual Statements and Operational Policy Notes into Operational Directives. The Operational Directives included elements of policy, procedure, and guidance. In the 1990s, to differentiate between the elements of policy, procedure and guidance, the World Bank began the process of converting the Operational Directives into a new system that describes Operational Policies, Bank Procedures, and Good Practices, as described below. Up until July 1998, the IDA and IFC both utilised the World Bank's Operational Policies. At that time, the IFC adopted its own Operational Policies (OPs). These IFC OPs were based on those of IBRD, with modifications to respond to the specific needs of IFC's pnrvate sector mandate. IDA continues to utilise those of IBRD. OPs cover matters of importance to the World Bank's core objectives and provide staff direction and guidance in pursuit of those objectives. OPs establish the parameters for the conduct of operations, and also describe the circumstances under which exceptions to policy are admissible and clarify who authorizes such exceptions. Operational Directives (ODs) contain a mixture of policies, procedures, and guidance. The ODs are gradually being replaced by OPs/BPs/GPs, which present policies, procedures, and guidance separately. Table 2.1 provides a listing of the World Bank and IFC Operational Policies and Directives. Table 7.2 in Chapter 7 of this report discusses the applicability of these policies to the Bujagali hydropower facility and the manner in which the project has complied with these policies. 2.2.2 Guidelines The World Bank Group's Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, 1998 ("Handbook") applies to all projects directly financed by members of the World Bank Group, including IDA and IFC. The Handbook does not contain any guidelines specific to the hydropower generation sector. AES Nile Power 31 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydvropower Facility FIA Chiapter 2 IFC also uses a series of Environmental. Health and Safety (EH&S) Guidelines prerared internally by IFC staff. Of relevance to the preparation of this EIA were IFC's Geleral EH&S Guidielines, although no EH&S guidelines exist specifically for the hydropower generation sector. AES Nile Power 32 March, 2001 Baijagali rizifect hlydropower Facility EIA t1iapter 2 Table 2.1: World Bank Group and IFC Safeguard Policies: An Overview Safeguard Policy SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS OP 4.01, * States that all projects proposed for World Bank Group funding require EA review/analysis to ensure that they Environmental are environmentally and socially sound/sustainable. Assessment (EA) . An EA evaluates a project's potential environmental risks and impacts; examines project alternatives; identifies ways of preventing, minimising, mitigating or compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts. . EA considers: the natural environment (air, water and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, cultural property); and, trans-boundary and global environmental aspects. . Various instruments are used to performn the EA depending on the complexity oFthe project: an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), an environmental audit, a hazard or risk assessment, and/or an Environmental Action Plan (EAP). . Projects are categorised based on1 environmental significance. Category 'A' projects require a full EIA undertaken by independent EA experts. . Category A projects must prepare a Public Consultation and Disclosure Programme (PCDP) and an Environnmental Action Plan (EAP). Project sponsor must consult project-affected groups and local NGOs at least twice: before FoRs for EA are finalised and once a draft EA report is prepared. . During project implementation, the project sponsor reports on compliance with (a) measures as agreed uponI with IFC including implementation of an EAP; (b) status of mitigative measures; and (c) the findings of monitoring programs. OP 4.04, Natural . Aims to promote and support natural habitat conservation, protection, maintenaince, rehabilitation, and improved I labitats land use . The World Bank Group does not support projects that involve significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats . Where impact to natural habitats is inevitable, there is an opportunitv to identify an 'offset' as compensation ALS Nile Power 33 Marchi, 2001 Bujagali Project lhydr opower Facility EIA (hapter 2 Table 2.1: World Bank Group and IFC Safeguard Policies: Ai Overview Safeguard Policy SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS OP 4.09, Pest . Stupports the use of biological or environmeental control methods rather than the use of pesticides Management . If pesticides are required, the policy sets forth the criteria for their use OP 4. 10, Indigenotus . Operational Policy 4. 10 is forthcoming; projects must comply with 01) 4.20, Indigenous Peoples in the interim. Peoples (World Bank) . Policy aims to ensure that indigenous people benefit from development projects and are unaffected by potentially adverse effects OD 4.20, Indigenous . If indigenous peoples are affected by project development, project sponsor must develop an Indigenous Peoples Peoples (IFC) Developmenit Plan OP 4.1 1, Cultural . Operational Policy 4.1 1 is forthcoming; projects must comply with OPN I 1.03, C'ultural Propernt in the interim. Property (World . Policy aims to assist in the preservation, protection, and enhlanicemelnt of cultural properties and to avoid their Bank) elimination. If there is any question of cultural property in the area, a brief reconnaissance survey will be undertaken. OPN 11.03, Cultural . "Cultural property" definition includes unique natural environmenital features (canyons, waterfalls) With cultural Property (IFC) vle OP 4.12, Involuntary . Operational Policy 4.12 is forthcoming; projects must comply with OD 4.30, Inti)oluntarv Resettlement in the Resettlement (World interim. Bank) . Aims to avoid or min1imise the involunitary resettlemenit of people required for projects Applied wherever land, housing, or other resources are taken involuntarily from people OD 4.30, Involunitary . Sets out procedures for baseline studies, impact analyscs and mitigation plans for affected people Resettlement (IFC) . Project sponsors must implemenit a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), as specified in the aninex . RAP must address both physical resettlement and economic effects of displacement OP 4.36, Forestry . Aims to reduce deforestation, enhance the environmental contribution of forested areas, promote afforestation, reduce poverty, and encourage economic develonment AES Nile Power 34 Mar ch, 2001 Bujagali i~ecf Hydropowver Facility EIA lapter 2 lTable 2.1: World Bank Group and IFC Safeguard Policies: An Overview Safeguard Policy SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS OP 4.37, Safety of . Dams over 15 m must be reviewed by a panel of three or more independent experts Dams . Must have detailed plans and periodic safety inspections Dams must be designed and constructed by experienced and competent professionals OP 7.50, Projects in . Sets forth required agreements and notifications regarding projects situated on international waterways International . Projects on international waterways must either have agreements or arrangements between the beneficiary state Waterways and other riparians, a positive response (i.e. consent, no objection, support) to the beneficiary state or a confirmationi that the project will not harn their interests. OP 7.60, Projects in . The World Bank Group may proceed with a project in a disputed area if the governments concerned agree that, Disputed Areas pending the settlement of the dispute, the project proposed for country A should go forward without prejudice to (World Bank) the claims of country B . The World Bank Group must be assured that the other claimant to the disputed area does not object to the project, or that the project is not harmful to the other claimant's interests. Statemenit on Forced . IFC will not support projects that used forced or harmful child labour Labour aind Harmful . Forced labour consists of all work or service, not voluntarily perfonned, that is exacted from an individual under Child Labour (IFC) threat of force/ penalty . Harmnful child labour consists of the employment of children that is economically exploitative, or is likely to be hazardous to, or interfere with, the child's education, or to be harmful to the child's lhealth, or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development AES.Nile Power 35 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 2 Table 2.1: World Bank Group and IFC Safeguard Policies: An Overview Safeguard Policy SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS Policy on Disclosure . Sets out IFC policy on disclosure of information, minimum requirements for public consultatiotn and (describes of Infonrationi (IFC) materials which the public has right of access to . Public consultationi required at least two times for Category A projects: during the setting of project terms of reference in the scoping stage and during the review of the draft EA . Project sponsors are required to make project information publicly available at or near the location of project for all Category A and B projects . Summary of Project needs to be disclosed in local language(s) at project site . Once Category A project EAs are complete, thiey are released through the World Bank's Info Slhop and simultaneously in the host-counitry at least 60 days (120 days in the case of IDA) before proposed Board date, closing date, or management approval date. E EA reports must containi details of public consultations made durinig EA preparationi including: location and dates of meetings, description of parties consuilted, overview of issues discussed and resolved, and necessary future action. Main public comments and consultation are included after the EA is released . After negotiationis between IFC and sponsor, the EAP is updated to reflect final understandings between IFC and the sponsor on measures taken to manage, mitigate and monitor environnmental and social issues and re-released publicly. AES Nile Power 36 Marchi, 2001 Bujagali Transmission Svstem EIS Chapter 2 2.3 African Development Bank Within the African Development Bank (AfDB), the Operational Private Sector Department (OPSD) ensures that private sector projects comply with the Bank's applicable environmental and social policies. Their guidance document for this is Environmental Review Procedures for AfTDB's Private Sector Operations. A project sponsor must show compliance with the procedures set out in this document as well as ensure compliance with host country requirements. The first initial step to a proposed project is the approval by the Private Sector Operation Committee (PSOC). The AfDB may accept a proposed project when the project has already passed and complied with the EIA processes of the World Bank Group and the African host country. If these requirements are met, the AfDB can be in a position to approve the project. The AfDB has a number of guidelines in various stages of preparation, several of which may be relevant to the preparation of this EIA and RCDAP, including: - Environmental Policy (AfDB, 1990); - Environmental Assessment Guidelines (AfDB, 1992); - Environmental Sectoral Policy Guidelines for the Industrial Sector (AfDB, 1995): - Guidelines on Involuntary Displacement and Resettlement in Development Projects (AfDB, 1995); * Environmental Assessment Guidelines - Fisheries (AfDB, 1997); * Environmental Assessment Guidelines - Forestry and Watershed Management (AfDB, 1997); * Cooperation with Civil Society Organisations: Policy and Guidelines (AfDB, 2000); * Integrated Water Resources Management Policy (AfDB, 2000); * Population Policy (AfDB, 2000); and, * Gender Policy (AfDB, 2001). AES Nile Power 37 March, 2001 Bujagali Transmission Svstent EIS Clhapter 2 2.4 International Conventions Uganda is party to several intemational environmeental conventions, as summarized in lable 2.2. Some of these have relevance to the Bujagali project's hydropower facility. A concordance analysis is included in Chapter 7. Table 2.2: International Environmental Conventions to Which lUganda is a Signatorv International Convention Ratified by Description of the Convention Uganda 1958 Convention on 1966 Took place in Geneva April 29, 1958: To Fishing and Conservation regulate (moderately) the rights to fish the of the Living Resources of high seas worldwide without compromisir g the High Seas the national water boundaries of other countries. 1968 African Convention 1977 "to ensure conservation, utilization and on the Conservation of development of soil, water, flora and faumil Nature and Natural resources in accordance with scientific Resources principles and with due regard to the best interests of the people." Convention on Wetlands of 1988 To stem the progressive encroachment on International Importance and loss of wetlands for today and in the especially as Waterfowl future, recognizing the fundamental Habitat ecological functions of wetlands and their economic, cultural, scientific, and recreational value (World Factbook, 1998) 1985 Vienna Convention 1988 This convention was the preliminary step to for the Protection of Ozone further agreements (such as the Montreal Layer Protocol) to reduce the adverse affects of pollutants on the ozone layer. 1987 Montreal Protocol on 1988 An international agreement designed to Substances that Deplete the protect the stratospheric ozone layer. Ozone Layer 1973 Convention on 1991 To ensure a control (either by regulation or International Trade in law enforcement) of the "overexploitation of Endangered Species of certain endangered species by means of a Wild Fauna and Flora system of importiexport permits" (CITES) 1992 International 1992 Took place during the Rio de Janeiro Earth Convention to Combat Summit pertaining to land degradation in Desertification arid, semi-arid and dry sub-humid areas resulting from various factors, including climate variations and human activities. AES Nile Power 38 March, 2001 Bujagali Transmission Svstemn EIS Chapter 2 Table 2.2: International Environmental Conventions to Which Uganda is a Signatory International Convention Ratified by Description of the Convention Uganda 1992 Convention on 1993 This convention was an agreement on Biological Diversity developing nation strategies for the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity. 1992 Convention on 1993 The United Nations Framework Convention Climatic Changes on Climate Change has been the centrepiece of global efforts to combat global warming. It also has been one of the international community's essential tools in its efforts to promote sustainable development. Lusaka Agreement on Co- 1994 Convention on International Trade in operative Enforcement Endangered Species of Wild Fauna, where Operations Directed at the main operations of this agreement are Illegal Trade in World Flora directed at Illegal Trade in Wild Fauna and and Fauna Flora. Intergovermmental 1996 It includes a plan of action and participation Authority on Drought and to aid the drought and adverse Desertification enviromnentally affected regions of the participating nations in the arid and semi-arid regions of Africa, especially in case of emergency situations. 2.5 World Commission on Dams (WCD) In November 2000, the WCD, an independent organisation funded by a variety of sponsors, including the World Bank and the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), released its final report, after more than two years of international studies and consultations (WCD, 2000). In its recommendations for how future dams ought to be developed, the WCD tried to balance the positive developmental impacts that dams can have with their potential for undesirable social and environmental effects. The recommendations of the WCD were not intended to have any formal regulatory status, but reflected the feedback received and deliberations of the Commission during its existence and in the preparation of its report. This EIA has attempted to meet the principles of WCD report. AES Nile Power 39 March, 2001 Bujagali Transsmission Svsten EIS Chapter 2 2.6 Concordance Analysis of EIA Requirements In order to ensure that the Bujagali hydropower facility has addressed the requirements ol the Government of Uganda, the World Bank Group and AfDB, an analysis has been undertziken to examine the concordance of policies, procedural issues, and guidelines of the Viree institutions. This is presented in Chapter 7 of this report. AES,Vile Power 40 March, 2001 Bijagali Project Hydropower Faciliq EIA Chapter 3 3. EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Land Conditions 3.1.1 Topography, Geology and Soils The Lake Victoria basin, in which the Bujagali Hydropower Facility is located, is predominantly lowland interspersed with remnants of upland surface. The region is characterised by a pattern of low but often steep hills, which are generally highest towards the south, closer to Lake Victoria. The general elevation of the land gradually decreases northwards. Altitude ranges from ]J.00 - 1,300 m MSL. Abundant fluvial deposits overlie the broad valleys. Most of Lake Victoria's basin relief is developed on a pre-Cambrian array of metamorphosed sedimentary rocks and intrusive igneous rocks (Kendall, 1969). The dominant lithology exposed in the Nile channel at the project site is amphibolitic and doleritic rocks interbanded to varying degrees with foliated metasediments, shales, phyllitic shales, and schists (Knight Piesold, 1998). Soils in the area of the project site are characterised by heavy loamy soils, locally referred to as Nakabango soils, which are rich in nutrients and vary between 15 and 1 00 cm in depth. A variety of clays, ferrisol (i.e., red) and sandy loamy soils are also common in the Nile river valley on well-defined but shallow alluvium beds (JDA, 1997). Gully erosion, caused by human access to the river for washing and collection of drinking water, has been observed at several locations in the project area. Soil erosion is a problem in agricultural areas and is being addressed by an extension service. Intense tropical weathering has taken place leaving a gently undulating landscape into which the River Nile has been incised. As a result the river channel of the Nile often lies along fresh (unweathered) rock interface. The river valley consists of a combination of steep slopes and relatively flat river terraces. The Nile channel from the Owen Falls Dam down to Dumbbell Island is characterised by resistant intrusive igneous rocks that are responsible for the formation of the numerous rapids, water falls and islands. The steep riverbanks of the Victoria Nile within the study area are typically 18 m high., with slopes varying between 200 and 400. A ES Nile Power 41 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 3.1.2 Landscape/Aesthetics Within the project area, the Nile River varies in width from 200 to 600 m and drops approximately 20 m in a series of rapids. Thie rapids flow around groups of rocky isla ,Ids, which have become intensively farmed during the last few years in anticipation of receiv'ing compensation from AESNP. Views of the Victoria Nile in the project area are shown in Figure 3. 1. The piedmont plateau above the river is characterised almost entirely by fanning and intercropping of timber and fruit trees, field and horticultural crops, in small plots and gardens. This has created a landscape of fairly dense vegetation from ground-level ulp to medium height trees with the occasional taller tree rising above. While the lines of view within this landscape type are fairly short, the landscape opens up where there are plantati Mns of field crops such as maize. The landscapes offer longer views towards the Nile, but the River, due to its steep banks, is not easily visible until the valley crest is reached. rhe riverbed, characterised by large boulders with no sand deposits, presents a dramatic contrast to the intensively farned plains above it. The slopes often support a cover of crops and treq s. In terms of scenic quality, the farmland within the project area is attractive but unexceptiolnal. The river, rapids and islands, however, have high scenic quality and interest. Bujagali Falls, which is actually a series of rapids as opposed to a falls, is a second order tourism site (f.rst order sites include National Parks and Game Reserves). 3.1.3 Hydrology, Drainage and Wetlands 3.1.3. 1 Surface Hydrology Water flow at the Bujagali Hydropower Facility will be controlled by discharges from Lke Victoria at the Owen Falls and Owen Falls Extension Project dams, located 8 km upstream of the proposed project. Before the construction of the Owen Falls dam, the outflow from Lake Victoria was regulated naturally at Ripon Falls. Since 1954 (when the Owen Falls dam was completed), water flow from the dams has been constrained to match the natural outflows from the lake using an international Agreed Curve. This curve was based initially on the relationship between the natural outflows of the Victoria Nile River and the levels of Lake Victoria before the construction of Owen Falls dam. Since the issue of long-term flow of 1 he AES Wile Power 42 March, 200) - . 4 - --Mb t r - A * - - r ' -3' ' . ' a . . rl W '-'- Prpae fr _ O H t * ~~~~¶s~ - -.* if-, , I.,#F rf S.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. \- t, e; 4 ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~ ,. ,_ - ~~~~~~~~ 's>'S; wa @S , _ f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'I S i ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. ,. At" 1 ~ r 8 w-_ > w w _ 7 t , it t ; ~~~~~rotc Names .S,; 1 W~~~~~~~~~~~BJAGALI HDOOE ae AC,20 00.I9Fgr . N IOLWE RFACILIITY EIA seM g @ ~~~~~AES NILE POWER SURROUNDING LANDSCAPE Bujagali Project Hyvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Victoria Nile is of major importance to the planning and operation of the Bujagali Project, projected water levels for Lake Victonra are of prime concern. One hundred (1 00) years of data exists for Lake Victoria. Lake levels rose between 1961 and 1964 outside the range of the Agreed Curve. Since that period, the Agreed Curve has been extended and the hydrology of Lake Victoria basin and the natural outflow at Owen Falls dam have been studied extensively (ACRES, 1991). The average outflows from Lake Victoria during the period 1900-1961 was approximately 660 m3/s, whilst the average flow in the period 1961-1990 was approximately 1200 m3/s. For most of the 1990s the outflow leveled at approximately 1000 m3/s, but in 1997-98, it again rose significantly. During the time of site investigation in 1998. the water level in Lake Victoria was approximately 1134.5 m MSL. According to the Agreed Curve, at this level the discharge from Lake Victoria is approximately 1550 m3/s. All studies, apart from the Acres investigation, have accepted the Agreed Curve as sufficiently accurate and indicate that, although the current lake levels are high in comparison to historical levels, future water levels in Lake Victoria are anticipated to come down to levels that prevailed before 1961. Over the last few years there has been considerable debate regarding the correct relationship to use for the control of water from Lake Victoria into the River Nile. Acres, in particular, has proposed the introduction of an alternative rating curve for Ripon Falls, which lies upstream from Owen Falls. No intemational agreement regarding this issue has been reached to date, although the Institute of Hydrology has concluded that the periods of high flow are not representative of the long-term average flow (Knight Piesold, 1998 and 1998b). AESNP decided to use the more conservative and long-standing Agreed Curve in its design and implementation of the Bujagali Hydropower Facility. 3.1.3.2 Grounduwater Due to the nature of the basement rocks, the aquifers have limited hydrological connectivity and rely on positive recharge from rainfall. The surface soils are reasonably wcll-drained although during heavy rains, the soil becomes saturated and local ponding occurs. Although seasonal rainfall is relatively high, the groundwater levels are generally depressed with water surfaces close to the relatively impermeable bedrock, which is approximately at AES Nile Power 45 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 river level (Knight Piesold, 1998). Higher groundwater levels are encountered locally which is probably related to perched water tables associated with locally well-developed later tic soils, unusually shallow fresh rock or lenses of more clayey residual soils. No groundwater level data for the area were available at the time of the assessment, althol.gh a groundwater level monitoring network is being implemented by the Directorate of Water Development (DWD) under the Water Resources Assessment Programme (WRAP). Sirice May 1998, the groundwater levels have been monitored in six boreholes in the area around Dumbbell Island. The initial readings indicate that the groundwater levels at the hig,er terraces are between ] 0 and 20 m below the surface. Groundwater contributions to the I ile are insignificant due to the small amount of groundwater recharge and the small extent of he aquifer overlying the bedrock. 3.1.3.3 Water Quality Ugandan Water Quality Standards As provided for by the Water (Waste Discharge) Regulations 1998, NEMA (with assistan ice from UNDP) recently drafted a set of standards for raw drinking water and effluent quality (NEMA, undated). Table 3.1 outlines limits for important quality parameters for rAw drinking water and effluent. General WBG guidelines for limits of process wastewater for discharge to surface waters are included in Table 3.1 for comparison. AES Nile Power 46 March, 2601 Bujagali Project Hvdropotwer Facility EIA Chapter 3 Table 3.1: Selected Ugandan and WBG Water Quality Standards Parameter Ugandan Ugandan WBG limits for process raw drinking effluent quality wastewater and water quality standard domestic sewage for standard discharge to surface waters Total suspended solids NIL 50 mg/l 50 Turbidity 5 NTU 100 NTU Escherichia coli 0 Not specified Total coliforms 0 5000 counts/l00 ml <400 MIPN/I00 ml pH 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.0 6-9 Nitrate 45.0 mg/I 20 mg/l Nitrite 3.0 mgil 2.0 mg/l Ammonia nitrogen 1.0 mg/I 10 mg/I Total nitrogen Not specified 10 mg/l Total dissolved solids <1000 img/l 1000 mg/I (TDS) Total Ilardness 500 mg/l Not specified (CaCO3) BOD5 Not specified 30 mg/l 50 mg/i NTU = Nephelometric Turbidity Units BOD5 - Biochemical oxygen demand MPN = Most Probable Number Source: NEMA, undated and World Bank Group, 1998. Present Water Quality Status Consultations with NEMA, the Directorate of Water Development, Makerere University and the Fisherics Resources Research Institute (FIRRI) in Jinja indicated that no routine monitoring or research programmes exist from which baseline water quality data for the Bujagali area may be obtained. DWD's Water Resources Assessment Programme (WRAP) is in the process of designing such a programme, which will be linked to a bespoke database, but this has yet to be implemented. AESNP commissioned FIRRI to carry out quarterly baseline surveys of water quality, aquatic ecology and fisheries in the Upper Victoria Nile. Surveys were carried out at four sites: 6 km upstream. and 1, 24 and 65 km downstream of Dumbbell Island. Summary data are included in Table 3.2 below. Full results are reported in FIRRI (2000a to 2000d). A summary report of the four quarterly FIRRI reports is included in Appendix C. 1. AES Nile Power 47 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hyrdropower Facility EJA C(iIpter 3 Table 3.2: Water Quality Data For Four Sites On The Upper Victoria Nile, Feb- 1 o November 2000 (Minimum And Maximum Values From 10-30 Samples) 6 km 1 km 24 km 65 km Determinand upstream downstream downstream downstreamln Determinand Dumbbell Dumbbell Dunibbell Dumbbell Island Island Island Island Dissolved oxygen (mg/I) 4.1-10.2 4.8-8.8 6.1-10.7 5.4-8.4 Conductivity (Svcm) 94.9-130 95-145 95-125 95.5-129 Temperature (0C) 24.7-26.6 24.7-26.0 24.9-26.7 25.3-26.6 pH 5.7-8.7 6.8-8.6 5.5-8.9 6.2-8.5 Secchi disk transparency (m) 0.6-2.2 1.4-2.3 1.2-2.7 1.2-3.8 SRP (gLg/l) 0-44.6 0-51 7.6-56.6 5.8-68.8 TP (1g/l) 6-161 25-85 60-118 65-240 NO3-N (11g/]) 0-129 38-153 85-178 107-252 NH3N (R9g/I) 0-138 0-178 0-130 0-138 TN (jig/l) 61-834 76-3575 216-3459 226-5154 Chlorophyll a (gg/l) 2-54 8-25 1-24 1-64 SS (mg/l) 0-10 0-3 0-10 0-2 Oil & grease (mg/I) 0.1-3.2 0.2-2.8 0.22-2.6 0.23-2.8 Data presented as range of values from four surveys between February and November 2000 Source: FIRRI (2000a-2000d). pS - microSiermcns Fig = mnicrograms Nitrogen and phosphorus appear to be roughly in balance from the point of view of nutrient limitation of algal growth (assuming a TN:TP ratio of 10:1 indicates a balance, which is a commonly-used indicator). Although the chemical status of the waters at the source of the Nile remained relatively stable between 1961 and 1988, mean chlorophyll a concentration l an index of algal biomass) has increased from 12.5 jtg/l in 1961 to 46.7 gLg/l in 1990-91 (C!iU, 1993). This indicates a tendency towards eutrophication, and is likely to have been caused by increased anthropogenic inputs of nutrients into the lake, with possible import of nutrients in the form of water hyacinlth plants blown across Lake Victoria on the prevailing (southerly/south-easterly) wind. According to OECD (1982), the phosphorus and chloropl'yl1 concentrations outlined above indicate mesotrophic status. Most nutrients had highest concentrations during the rainy seasons (April and November surveys), which would cause nutrient-nrch run-off to flow into the upper Nile. Dissolved oxygen concentrations were always in excess of 5.0 mg/l, indicating good oxygen conditi Mns for fish (Alabaster and Lloyd, 1982) and other aquatic animals. Quality data for borehole water from the east and west banks of the Nile near the project a:-ea have been collected as part of the Rural Water and Sanitation (RUWASA) project. Example AES Nile Power 48 March, 2601 Bujagali Project l Jidropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 data from Namizi (East Bank) and Baizo, Wakisi (West Baink) boreholes are presented in Table 3.3. Table 3.3: Water Quality Data from Namizi and Wakisi Boreholes Determinand Namizi Borehole Wakisi Borehole Fe (total) 0.16 0.14 Mn' 0.24 Ca+' 37.93 57.25 Ml +~17.00 34.01 F- 0.85 S04 28.0 0.0 Nitrate-nitrogen 0.0 0.80 Nitrite-nitrogen 0.00 0.006 Orthophosphate 1.10 1.0 Alkalinity 104 376 Conductivity ([tSIcm) 480.0 832.0 Turbidity (NTU) 35.0 2.0 Hardness (as CaCO3) 164.6 282.84 Data collected during RUWASA projCct. supplied by DWD Enitebbe Concentrations in mg'l unless stated. Comparison with the proposed drinking water quality standards in Table 3.1 shows that both boreholes easily achieve the drinking water quality standards for nitrates, nitrites and total hardness, although turbidity of water from the Namizi borehole exceeds the drinking water standard of 5 Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU) by sevcn timcs. Despite reports from residents that the groundwater has a metallic taste, the above metal concentrations are less than the World Health Organisation (1993) guidelines for drinking water quality. 3.1.4 Seismicitv The Project area is located in a relatively aseismic region, midway between the eastern and western sections of the African Rift System, which have high levels of seismic activity. The project area is sufficiently distant from the rift zone that ground motions at the dam site arising from typical seismic events will be insignificant (Knight Piesold, 1998). A closer potential seismogenic source follows the regional Ruwenzori fold belt, which extends from the west to east rift systems through the north end of Lake Victoria. This zone, known as the Katonga Break, is the location of moderate levels of seismicity with a surface wave magnitude (M,) of up to M,6 (Knight Piesold, 1998). In 1991, Acres International conducted a seismic hazard analysis for the Owen Falls Extension Project (OFEP). Given the proximity AES Nile Power 49 March, 2001 Buijagali Project lvdropower Facilit EJA Chapter 3 of the OFEP to the proposed Bujagali Hydropower Facility, the earthquake-induced groumd accelerations are likely to be similar at both sites (Knight Piesold, 1998). Acres evaluated the seismic hazard and ground motion design parameters based on deterministic and probabilistic methods. The detenrinistic analysis found a maxim um credible earthquake (MCE) to be an M 7.5 event on the Katonga Break, approximately 50 km south of the site, which will produce a Peak Ground Accelcration (PGA) of 0.2 g and 0.3 g for rock and soil foundations respectively. The probabilistic analysis determined a iow probability of occurrence on the KatQnga Break (PGA of 0.175 g), with a slightly higher figure for the 200 km radius area (PGA of 0.27 g). This PGA determination was based or. an extremely low probability of exceedence (0.0001). Based on its findings, Acres recommended that: * the Bujagali Project be classified as a moderate potential risk development; and, the Project be designed to withstand the Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) levels and Operating Basis Earthquake levels. For feasibility design, and given the moderate hazard rating of the area, pseudostatic methods of analysis have been carried out using the MDE ground motion design values, as giver in Table 3.4. Table 3.4: Recommended Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) Values Condition Design Acceleration (g) Horizontal Vertical Rock Foundation 0.15 0.10 Soil Foundation 0.22 0.15 Non-Critical Slopes 0.18 0.12 Note: Nlaximum Design Earthquake (MDE) is the maximum credible event that the dam and associated structures must survive withoL,: a tailure (defined as loss of life or catastrophic failure in the water retaining capabilities of the dam). However, the dam and it; associated structures may sustain substantial damage that is repairable Source: Knight Piesold. 1998. The above values represent a conservative estimation of the likely ground motions at the site arising from earthquake activity in the region. The Bujagali Dam Safety Panel accepted the seismicity analysis undertaken by Acres and Knight Piesold (Bujagali Dam Safety Panel, 2000). A ES,Nile Power 50 Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Faci4i EIA Chapter 3 As recommended by Knight Piesold (1998), further seismic hazard analysis will be undertaken during the final design phase in order to define the MCE event and to determine the applicability of the attenuation relationships assumed above. During the final design, the buildinio contractor employed by AESNP will undertake the following: * Data collection of recorded seismic events; * Assessment of seismic risk levels; * Seismic analysis by probabilistic and deterministic methods; and, * Verification of Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) and Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) design. 3.2 Atmospheric Conditions 3.2.1 Climate The northern region of Lake Victoria has an equatorial type of climate. Two rainy seasons can be distinguished from March-May and October-November. Most of Uganda receives between 1000 and 1500 mm precipitation (SPIDER International, 1996). The long-term average monthly rainfall and evaporation for Entebbe (located approximately 25 km southwest of Kampala) are given in Table 3.5 below. Table 3.5: Average Monthly Rainfall And Evaporation At Entebbe Month J F M A M J J A S 0 N D Total Rainfall(mm) 1 00 86 141 280 257 98 65 91 87 108 146 126 1585 Evaporation(mm) 148 156 173 170 148 126 129 134 143 163 144 142 1778 Source Crul (1993) Mean daily temperature varies between 22°C in July and 24°C in February. The mean minimum varies from I7°C in April, with mean maximum varying from 26°C in June to 35'C in February. The average relative humidity at 0830 hours ranges from 76% in December to 87% in July. At 14:30 hours, average relative humidity is 53% in January and 68% in May (Bitarakwate et al., 1967). AES Nile Power 51 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Iydropower Facility EA Chapter 3 3.2.2 Wind Wind speed and direction data were obtained from the Department of Meteorology for tileir Jinja Kimaka meteorological station. The data covered the period January 1999 to June 2( 00. Measurements were made four times a day at 06:00, 09:00, 12:00 and 15:00 hours. The n ost recent full year, July 1999 to June 2000, was analysed. Detailed data are includecl in Appendix C.2. The local meteorology is characterised by a very high frequency of southerly wirids. Prevailing southerly winds occur for over 30% of the year. Winds from the west-northwest to the east are very infrequent. Wind speeds between 5 to 7 knots occur most frequently, and between 7 and 9 knots halt as often. Southerly winds in these speed ranges occur for over 20% of the year. This is also the only direction from which higher winds (9+ knots) arise to any significant extent. Given the recorded conditions at Jinja, wind erosion of exposed ground is unlikely to be a significant source of airborne dust. Dust generated by mechanical disturbance of soil rrmost probably would affect an area limited to the north and northwest of the source. 3.2.2 Ambient Noise Sample measurements of the existing noise conditions were conducted near representalive residential areas in the vicinity of the dam works and quarry areas. The summary results of the 10-minute measurements, at locations A to F as shown in Figure 3.2, are given in TaDIc 3.6. The table gives the date and start time of each measurement, the LA9O level (background level exceeded for 90% of the measurement period), the LA] level (that exceeded for 1% of -he period - approximating to the typical highest level) and the LAeq (energy equivalent) lev.el. The final column indicates the primary noise sources contributing to the measured levels, as recorded by field staff during the instrumental measurement. A ES Nile Power 52 March, 2601 S ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4 IL~~~~~I ------ ---- - B~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ C-;*~ Att / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ts' /~~~~~~~ mg'; ~ ~ di~ k~y.. . u.1... '34> Pcu1i l~~ ~ <0 Wakruj./~~,. ~ ~ l,%. "2*/:;..~~ FACILITY >2 *. *.~~ 33' 4~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~; ~~~~.14k ~~~~~~~~~~~~~PROPOSED BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER FCLT - . .4 / . / *dI.,lr~1 a,,W., 2 ~~~~ ut 1M4l~~~~~~~~$ ~~~~> ~ ~ ~ F,,. W~~~~746c , 4.,19 W. t '3 '3 '31 'Ž9, 1'3, "hag.,j, I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. '3 4 '524 ~ ~9nI .. 13''Wk '3 '3 3114 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ,,. . .... N.. . 3,..~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. '3 '33 242 t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. '3 '3~~~~~~~r '3 / K RUJAGALI FALLS '35y l,t/,n91. '3' 15Io3 '3 ~~~~~~~~~~~ '3/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ '3 3'23 1' '3 153da,339 4.iY 0 10 ~~~ >933 7~~~~7 ya. '3 3 4,-A"~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Z- t\ '3 PM 1.3 3 .~~~~~~~~Kb '3 '3(2'3*'3 ) .{'3~ -N.m 1141.5 ...j,,,~ ~ .... 237"' ~ '3 '32<2- 1~ .4 di It '3 '3<~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4 (l/.d,% 7233~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 5~4 131 ~ ~ ... . . l ŽKIAA ia93 1-327 ~ ~ * -ETRLFOETREEV 193 '3 '3 lee~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ '3 ~~~~~~ '3 ~~~~~~~ 9 ~~~~~ / Sce9j .1.17w3 /~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~, Note: Boundaiso h Cenra Foret50servsMaeAproxmat .9 9 Veeaion '33 yAesJnj22mlSntar -ePrs Dpr.rt(99) SAhs(9b~GU(93 --c-u * Lan BidSuvy ra '3 '3 ~~~~~~Pj-'3 '3es Rsere Poot-Nr- Wate Bir32rvy Aea BJAGLIHYROP WE DteMARH,201.G50..50:ig re3- Dam FACILITY EIA~~~~~~~~~~~~~.3em Dies etrsSre ie SCAL 1:000 reae fr B O HY I A 33 ., 1254, 1~~~~0 00 100 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 planted for building poles and firewood in Naminya, Malindi and Namizi. The weeds in agricultural areas (some of which are used for medicinal purposes) include woody and non- woody plants as shown in Table 3.9. Table 3.9: Weeds in the Agricultural Areas Around the Proposed Hydropower Facility Woody (trees and shrubs) Cassiafloribunda Ficuts glumosa F exasperata F. natalensis Grew ia trichocarpa IAarkhamia lutea Mimosa pigra Vernonia amydagalena Non-woody (herbs) Commelina henghalensis C. africana Bidens pilosa Panicum maximum Source: WS Atkins, 1999 3.3.1.2 Fauna Birds have often been used as an indicator group to represent fauna, as they are easy to see and identify (ICBP, 1992). Since species vary enornously in their habits and requirements, the presence of particular species can be used to categorise the habitat. This approach was used in the ecological assessment of the Bujagali project site. There are no previous studies of birds for this particular area, but the habitat found within the project area is broadly similar to most of the lakeshore zone of southern Uganda, which is extremely well-known ornithologically (Carswell. 1986). Birds were studied at three sites within the project area on July 30th and Aug. 7th _ gth 1998 by WS Atkins (Refer to Figure 3.3). Two of these sites will be lost to construction, one on each side of the river at the embankment site, referred to as Embankment East and Embankment West. The third site was on the east bank near Bujagali Falls. All of these areas are essentially agricultural, with smallholdings predominating. Trees are common in most of the area with many of them being planted. Ficus and Markhaniia lutea are commonly planted species (Anderson, 1994). At the Bujagali site there are several hectares without trees. These AES.Vile Power 63 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilint EIA Chapter 3 lands are grassy and heavily grazed. The northern part of the Embankment East site als D has several hectares without trees as the land is farmed. Such habitats are widespread in this part of Uganda. A simple Jack-knife method (Krebs, 1989) allowed an estimate to be made of the total numbers of species recorded at a site, based on an infinite number of counts. For the three sites separately, this estimate was about 63 species, whilst combining the data for all three resulted in an estimate of about 92 (Table 3.10). Table 3.10: Summary of Timed Species Count (TSC) Data for Birds Embankment Embankment Bujagali Overall West East Mean number of 24.4 22.8 23.8 23.7 species per hour Jack-knife estimate of 65 63 63 92 total species Source: WS Atkins, 1999 The full results of the bird survey are given in Appendix C.3. In summary, a total of 77 species were recorded, as compared to a figure of about 550 for the Kampala area includling waterbirds and migrants (Carswell, 1986). During the field survey there were few migrants since most arrive later in the year. For comparison, the current list for the whole of Ugan(da is about 1010 species (Carswell, 1986). Results for the three sites were generally similar, with the same few species being most common in all of them. The sites were also similar in the numbers of species recorded per hour, with the figure of around 23 being fairly typical for moist agricultural areas (in the most species-rich habitats, scores may reach 50). None of the species recorded are globally endangered or threatened. However, four of the species recorded are listed as sensitive in East Africa (Bennun et al., in press). The Brown Snake Eagle (Circaetus cinereus) is considered to be NVear-Threatened, due to habitat l.ss. The African Marsh Harrier (Circus Ranivoris) is ranked as Vulnerable. The Grey-capped Warbler (Eminia lepida) and Red-chested Sunbird (NTectarinia ervthroceria) are listed as Regionally Restr-icted, because they are largely confined to East Africa, where however they are common. AESANile Power 64 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 The lands lost to development of the Bujagali dam are not considered significant habitat for any of the above bird species, since it represents an extremely small fraction of an extensive agricultural landscape. Although not specifically surveyed, other animals were reported by local people as being within the project area and included: the Red-tailed Monkey (Cercopithecus ascanius); the Mole-rat (Tachyorvcles nrddi); and the Monitor lizard (Veranus niloticus). None of these species have been listed as sensitive in East Africa. Faunal observations were also augmented through conversations with a number of local farmers who commented that the Red-tailed Monkey and the Mole-rat are pests, the latter being especially troublesome in root crops. Spot-necked Otters, (Lutra n7aculicollis) were reported by local people as being quite common in the river, although none were seen during the field visits. This species is listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN's Threatened Species Red List (2000). In many parts of Uganda, the bushpig (Potamochoerus porcus) is also a problem, but the destruction of much of the forest in the project area and vicinity has led to the disappearance of bushpigs. Hippopotami, (H. amphibious) and crocodile (Crocodvius niloticus) have also disappeared in the last 10-20 years, the latter due to shooting by local residents (WS Atkins, 1999). Monitor lizards remain common. some exceeding a metre in length. There are likely a number of species of bats in the project area, but the Straw-coloured Fruit Bat (Eidolon helvum) is conspicuous, and roosts in thousands on one of the Bujagali islands (WS Atkins, 1999). The proposed project is not anticipated to have an impact on these bats. Among the invertebrates, terrnites (Macrotermes bellicosus) are responsible for the conspicuous mounds that are common in the area. The 'health' of an environment is sometimes reflected by its insect life, and in this area, many species of butterflies are common. 3.3.2 Aquatic Flora and Fauna Data on phytoplankton, macrophytes and invertebrates in the River Nile near the project site were collected in four quarterly surveys carried during 2000 (FIRRI 2000a to 2000d). These surveys examined four sites, one upstream of Dumbbell Island, and three downstream. Refer to Figure 3.4 for location of the survey sites. AES.Nile Power 65 March, 2007 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitp EIA Chapter 3 3.3.2.1 Aquatic Flora Phytuplankton The Cyanophyceae (blue-green a]gae/cyanobacteria) were the dominant and most diverse class in all quarters at all transects. The key indicative species were Microcvstis, Anabaena, Cylindrospermopsis and Planktolvngbyu. The degree of Cyanophyte dominance iin the investigated area ranged from 49 to 78% of cell counts with the highest c.ounts veing registered during the wet seasons (second and fourth quarters). Chlorophyceae (green-2 Igac) were the next most dominant class accounting for 12 to 27% of counts in the four qua ters, represented mainly by Ankistrodesmus and Scenedesmus. The Bacillariophyceae (diatoms) were less common, with Nitzchia the most abundant genus in the class. Other much less abundant groups occurring in the transects were the Cryptophyta, Peridi neac and Euglenophyta. The significance of phytoplankton to the fisheries is in terms of food for zooplankton and juvenile fishes. Most juvenile tilapia stomachs contained the more com mon phytoplankton (Cyanophyceae, Chlorophyceac, Bacillariophyceae). In Lake Victoria at least, the dominance of blue-green algae is indicative of eutrophic conditions due to nutrient inputs (Hecky & Bugenyi, 1989). Unlike Lake Victoria, .Llgal biomass is not light-limited, as indicated by secchi disk transparency. However, the seasonally varying nutrient levels do clearly point to increased agricultural run-off durinj: the wet season, which appear to influence phytoplankton biomass as indicated by chlorophyll concentration. Macrophytes Eighty-two aquatic macrophyte species (70% of them obligate aquatic macrophvtes, i.e. euhydrophytes) were identified within the study area. In general, the macrophytes coulk be separated out into four major categories. These were (in descending order of importance by area covered): 1. emergent species (e.g. papyrus, reeds); 2. floating and related forms (water hyacinth, Nile cabbage); 3. semi-terrestrial species (the paper mulberry tree, Broussenetia papyrifera, shrubs - Alcoi-nia and herbaceous species - Melanthera, Ipoinoea, Comniellina); and, 4. submerged species (Ceralophyllumn, Vallisenaria, Polamogeton and Najas). AES Nile Power 66 Mlarch, 2001 L A< E KY 0 GA A o 0 5 e IS 20 25 km I~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~ D I \ 15X 10 ~~ ~~~~A NamosaOqOIIc O' \0TRANSECT 4 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 .A& ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~BJGL HYRPOE Dae AC,201 G53H62 Fgr . KIrindi Matumu TRANSECT 3 TRANSECT 2 Suyaol Kikuhomi?w 30' PROPOSED HYDROPOWER FACILITY- ,uaga, 9l Kaiange TRANSECT 1 Owen Falls JiNJALA K E Dam ICTORIA 330 Source: FIRRI (2000 a) Project Name:DaeMAC,20 G00H62 Fgr34 BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Dt:MRH 01 G53H6 iUea FACILIY EIAAQUATIC FLORA AND FAUNA Prepared for: SURVEY SITES USED IN AES NILE POWER FIRRI SURVEYS Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EJA Chapter 3 Phytoplankton species diversity tended to increase with distance downstream. The relatively higher impact of human activities (cultivation and grazing along river banks and on islands) appeared to have a negative effect on macrophyte development. In general, seasonal effects over the four quarters were reflected in the changing cover type ratings. However, in all the quarters, the two upstream transects were dominated by hippo grass and water hyacinth, which together accounted for about 60% of the vegetation along the riverbanks. Terrestrial plant species (e.g. the trees, shrubs, crops, climbers) were also present along the riverbank. Water hyacinth (Eichhornia crassipes), regardless of its apparent reduction and control by weevil introduction, remains a significant concern in the Victoria Nile. Although E. crassipes had an average cover rating of "Abundant", at the three upstream sites, the FIRRI team reported a general decline in the height and vigour of individual plants due to infestation of the weevil. The weed appeared healthy and free of weevil damage in the furthest downstream (Namasagali/Bunyamira) transect. 3.3.2.1 Aquatic Fauna Micro-invertebrates (zooplankton) The four quarterly surveys of the Upper Victoria Nile revealed that three taxonomic groups (Copepoda, Cladocera, Rotifera) dominate the zooplankton. By pooling the broad range of sites sampled in each transect, results indicated that total zooplankton densities decreased downstream. Copepods such as the cyclopoid Mesocyclops and Thermocyclops, followed by rotifers (e.g. Asplanchna., Brachionus and Euclanis) registered the highest area densities (100 individuals/inM). It would have been expected that on the basis of a fast current, upstream sites would support lower zooplankton densities and diversity. However, similar to density, the highest diversity (12-17 zooplankton taxa) was recorded in the upstream transects 1 and 2. The observed distribution-density patterns probably reflected habitat structure of the sampled locations, especially those associated with sheltered habitats in embayments, and a diverse vegetation fringe. Such habitat diversity associated with topographical features of the riverbanks was higher than that observed in the downstream transect (Transect 4), even though the flow here may have been more uniform. AES Nile Power 69 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Cyclopoid copepods and rotifers were consistently the most diverse groups throughouLt the study. The zooplankton species composition observed during the survey is subject to sea&onal changes as has been evident in samples from the four surveys. Low species composition observed during the first quarter survey contrasted markedly with high diversity durin.; the third quarter. In the latter phase, large-bodied organisms such as Mresocyclops spp. and D)aphnia lumholtzi occurred, which were not encountered at other times. In addition, a seasonal regime of abundance is also evident; with high densities of organisms during the first and second quarters when species diversity was relatively low compared to the thircl and fourth quarter. Macro-Invertebrates Macro-invertebrates are a vital component in food webs of aquatic ecosystems. As elerrwents of the detritus food chain, they break down dead organic matter into inorganic forms the -eby reducing the rate of accumulation of materials at the bottom. They are a major link betvveen primary producers and consumers. Macro-invertebrates also serve as food for fish. The hi.her the abundance and diversity of macro-invertebrates, the wider the niche width for fish and the less the inter- and intra-specific competition for food resources. In Lake Victoria at l,.ast, Corbet (1961) observed that all fish in the lake basin, including rivers, feed on invertebrates at some stage in their life cycles. As a result, the fisheries are dependent on the abund&nce and diversity of the macro-invertebrates as they comprise a major food source for fish. There were no clear trends in invertebrate diversity and abundance from upstreanl to downstream. nor apparent seasonal pattern. Consequently, the changes in species diversity and abundance may largely have been due to life cycle processes as opposed to exte:nal conditions. This dominance of benthic macro-invertebrates in the Upper Victoria Nile is similar to that of Lakes Victoria and Kyoga. The introduction of the Nile perch resulted in the decimation of molluscivorous fish, which allowed molluscs to flourish. The orders: Diptera (flies), Trichoptera (caddis flies), Gastropoda (snails) and Bivalvia (bivalve molluscs) had the highest number of genera represented throughout the four sampling periods. However, tlieir abundance and diversity were not seasonally or spatially related. The molluscs were the most diverse group of macro-invertebrates and consisted of 10 and 8 genera during quarters 3 and 4 respectively. .4ES A;ile Power 70 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facili&t EIA Chapter 3 Several species were abundant throughout all four surveys. Bellamya sp. (Gastropoda) recorded the greatest species density (3,233 individuals/m2) and consistently recorded the highest density for all the four surveys. Other abundant species included the mayfly Ephemeralla and the bivalves Corbicula sp. and Caelatura sp. Among the Diptera the key taxa were the midge Chironomus and Povilla. Fisheries The fisheries information provided in this report was collected initially (in 1998) through review of existing literature and interviews with fisheries administrators including NEMA staff, the Deputy Commissioner for Fishenies, Senior Fisheries Department Staff and research scientists at the Fisheries Research Institute (FIRI: now known as the Fisheries Resources Research Institute or FIRRI). Fact-finding visits were also made to landing sites at the proposed hydropower facility site, Kamuli, Kyankole and Bukungu (fish landings where the Victoria Nile joins Lake Kyoga) and in the area above Owen Falls dam at the source of the Nile. In accordance with the recommendations of the EIS accepted by NEMA in November 1999 (WS Atkins, 1999), AESNP commissioned FIRRI to carry out a series of surveys of fish stocks and commercial fishing activities on the upper section of the Victoria Nile. These were carried out during 2000, on a three-monthly basis at four sites: 6 km upstream and 1, 24 and 65 km downstream of Dumbbell Island (refer to Figure 3.4) Data from the ecological aspects of the fisheries surveys are reported and discussed herewith. Data on the 'socio- economic' aspects of the fishery are reported separately in Section 3.4.4.4. The EIS has also been updated using data that has been published in other sources between 1999 and 2001. Historical And Present Status Of Ugandan Fish Populations Scientific, English equivalent and Vernacular equivalent names for commonly-encountered fish species in Uganda are given in Table 3.11. AES Nile Power 71 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Fadilit EMA Chapter 3 Table 3.11: Scientific, English And Vernacular Equivalent Names Of Commonly- Encountered Fish Species In Uganda. Scientific name English equivalent(s) Vernacular equivalent(s) Lates niloticus Nile perch Mputa. sangara Oreochromis niloticus Nile tilapia Ngege Oreochromis leucostictus Tilapia Ngege ilapia zllii Tilapia, redbelly tilapia Kajansi Bagrus doemac Catfish Semutundu Clarias gariepinus Mudfish. sharp-toothed catfish, Male North African catfish Schilbe intermedius Silver catfish, makriel, butter catfish, Nzere silver barbell Prolopterus aethiopicus Lungfish Mamba Rastrineobola argentea Minnow Mukene/Omena'Dagaa Haplochrornines Cichlids Nkejje/Mlbipi Barbus altianalis Barbel, Ripon barbell Kisinja -Hydrocynus Tiger fish Ngassa Alestes Ngara Labeo victorianus Ningu Mormyrids (e.g. Mormvrus M. kannume = elephantsnout fish Kasulu kannume) Svnodontis qfrofischeri Catfish, Fischer's Victoria squeaker Nkolongo Tilapiines, which include Oreochromis niloticus and Tilapia zillii, are the most commerc ally important and widely distributed fish species in Uganda. 0. niloticus has been introduced to virtually all the water bodies including Lakes Victoria and Kyoga and the Koki Lakes. The species is nornally restricted to shallow inshore waters. It feeds on phytoplankton and bottom detritus but occasionally ingests crustaceans, insect larvae and zooplankton, and spawns in shallow inshore areas over sand bottoms. T. zillii was originally present on] y in Lake Albert, but has been widely translocated to other water systems and stocked in poncls as an aquaculture species. It is found in shallow marginal waters with water lilies. It feed. on higher plants but can also ingest bottom deposits. Before the introduction of Nile perch, B. docmac (Kisinja) was widespread in Lake Victoria in both shallow and deep waters but is now very rare in Lake Victoria and is virtually absent in Lakes Kyoga and Nabugabo. However, stocks of B. docmac are present especially in rocky areas along the Victoria Nile and form a major component of the fish catches in the area immediately above the Owen Falls Dam. They feed mostly on insect larvae, crustaceans A ES Nile Power 72 2lMarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 and small fishes, especially haplochromines. They breed in wave-washed rocky shores but juveniles have also been recovered from rivers, rocky shores and sand beaches. The haplochromines (Nkejje/Mbipi) comprise a group of small fishes, which together with the tilapiines belong to the family Cichlidae. They occur in virtually all water bodies in Uganda including rivers. They were the most abundant fish species in Lakes Victoria and Kyoga but were depleted following introduction and establishment of Nile perch in these water bodies. At least 17 species of Barbus (Kisinja) have been reported in Uganda of which nine have been rcported along the Victoria Nile (Greenwood, 1962). The species arc mainly found in shallow inshore waters associated with river systems, where they feed on molluscs, aquatic vegetation and fishes (especially haplochromines) and breed in flooded rivers and streams. Major changes have taken place in the fisheries of Lakes Victoria and Kyoga since development of their fisheries started at the turn of the 20th century. Stocks of the commercially important native species declined likely due to overfishing. Nile perch and introduced tilapiine species first appeared in Lakes Victoria and Kyoga in the late 1 950s, and are thought to have been introduced to improve stocks of declining native species (Megapesca, 1997). The introduced fishes spread from the main lakes to the Victoria Nile and form an important component of the commercial fishery of the Victoria Nile. The introduction of piscivourous ('fish-eating') Nile perch led to a reduction in the stocks and diversity of smaller prey species such as haplochromines. With the removal of smaller fish, consumption of phytoplankton (microscopic algae) and detritus was reduced, and this, along with increased nutrient inputs, has been identified as a potential cause of enhanced eutrophication (Gophen et al., 1995), although water quality data from the Upper Victoria Nile indicate this is not a significant problem (see Section 3.1.3.3 - Water Quality). Recent studies by scientists at FIRRI (Dr. R. Ogutu-Ohwayo, FIRRI, pers. comm.) indicate that some of the native riverine fish species, especially Labeo victorianus, Barbus altianalis and some Mormyrids, have started to recover in Lake Kyoga following over-fishing of the Nile perch. These fishes have been caught near the opening of the Victoria Nile into Lake Kyoga, which indicates that they are recolonising the lake from the river. AFS Nile Power 73 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Historical Status Of Victoria Nile Fish Populations The original fisheries of Lakes Victoria and Kyoga and the Victoria Nile were similar in nature. In all three water bodies, two tilapiine species Oreochromis esculentus and 0. variabilis formed the most important components of the commercial catches. Other important species included the cat fishes, Bagrus doemac and Clarias gariepinus, the lung fish Protopterus aethiopicus, Barbus altianalis, Schilbe intermedius, Svnodonuis species, Labeo victoirianus, Mormyrids, haplochromine cichlids and Rastrineobola argcntea (Mukene). The Victoria Nile originally had a very nrch fish fauna dominated by riverine species. T'hese included nine Bar blus (Kisinja) species (B. altianalis Radcliff, B. bynni, B. amphigramnna, B. paludinosis, B. somereni, B. cercops, B. yongei, B. magdalenae, B. apleurogramma), s, ven Mormyrid species (Kasulu) (Mormry-us macrocephalus, Momyrus kannune, Petroceplalus calastoma, Marcusenius nigricanuis, Marcusenius grahami, Gnathonemus victoriae, Gnathonemus longibarbis), Labeo victorianus, Gara johnstomii, Rastrineobola argewtea, Alestes jacksonii, Alestes (Bricynus) sedler, Bagrus docmac, Schilbe intermedius, Clc,rias gariepinus, Clarias carsonii, Synodontis victoriae, S'ynodontis afrofischeri, A nph 1ius jacksonii, Clariallabes petricola, Oreochromis escuclentus and Oreochronmis (Nyasalapia) variabilis (Greenwood, 1958). Of these species, Labeo victorianus, B. altianalis and Mormyrids were commercially the most important species. Some of the riverine spe,:ies, namely B. altianalis, S. intermedius, L. victorianus and Morrnyrids, migrate up river, to spawn but return to the lake after spawning and the young grow in the lake. Apart from limited fish species interruption created near the source of the Nile at the Owven Falls Dam, the historical changes in fisheries for Victoria Nile have been the added fishery of the introduced species into Lake Kyoga of Nile perch (Lates niloticus), Nile tilztpia (Oreochromis niloticus) and to a lesser extent Tilapia 7illui. The first two species boosted the catches in the 1970s, especially at the estuary of the Victoria Nile into Lake Kyoga. This was followed by a decline in catch due to destructive methods of fishing. The Nile Tilapia fisl ery is now starting to recover. Rastrineobola argentea, previously exploited in Lake Victori-., is offering an alternative fishery around Kyankole and Bukungu but it is not extensively exploited on the Victoria Nile between the proposed lhydropower facility site and Kyankolth. A ES Nile PDwer 74 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Ihdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 As in Lake Victoria and Lake Kyoga, the Victoria tilapias (Oreochromis esculentus and 0. variabilis) have virtually disappeared from the catches of the estuarine fishery, although shallow areas of the Nile provide refuges for these species. Before the construction of Owen Falls Hydroelectric Dam, the then Ripon Falls were famous for sport fishery (FIRRI, 2000). With the establishment of the Owen Falls dam this sport declined. It has been in the process of being gradually revived at the rapids at Bujagali and Kalagala based on Barbus and the Nile perch (FIRRI, 2000), though this was not confirmed during the 1999-2000 field surveys undertaken, when no sport fishing was recorded at any of the survey sites. Present Status Of Barriers To Fish It should be noted that a barrier to upstream fish migration between the Victoria Nile and Lake Victoria currently exists in the fornm of the Owen Falls dam. Presently, the only open connection is between the fisheries of Lake Kyoga and the Victoria Nile. Although there are anecdotal reports that Ripon Falls represented a barrier to fish migration prior to construction of the Owen Falls dam, there are no published reports of this being the case. The photograph in Figure 3.5, taken prior to construction of the Owen Falls dam, indicates a series of relatively small rapids (in the context of the larger rapids downstream) existed in the uppermost 2 km of the Victoria Nile, but these are unlikely to have represented a barrier to fish migration. The studies on the fisheries of the Upper Victoria Nile carried out by FIRRI have identified that some species of migratory fish exist in the river. Howevcr, there is no evidence from the FIRRI studies, or from other published sources, that these populations are obligatorily migratory (i.e. are required to migrate for breeding or other purposes). This is borne out by the fact that viable populations exist in the Victoria Nile despite the presence of the Owen Falls dam for approximately the last 50 years. For species that require headwater habitats in which to spawn, it is likely that tributary streams flowing directly into the Victoria Nile are now more important, rather than tributaries flowing into Lake Victoria, which would have been accessible prior to construction of Owen Falls dam. Present Status Of Victoria Nile Fish Populations Fish surveys of the Nile system in Uganda conducted since 1987, indicate that the Victoria Nile is still dominated by many species that were once a major fishery of Lakes Victoria and AES Nile Power 75 AMarch, 2001 Brujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Kyoga, prior to the introduction of Nile perch. Balirwa (I990) identified three types o' fish ecosystems in the area, which favoured individual species. These comprised: * the fully lacustrine ecosystem with fish species adapted to lake conditions e.g. tilapias Oreochromis esculentus and 0. niloticus, Gnathonemus longibarbis and other Mormr rids; * the nvenrne ecosystem, having those fish species adapted to river conditions e.g. B;:,rbus johnstonii, Amphililius jacksoni and Labeo victorianus; and, * the riverine lacustrine ecosystem for migratory species between the Lakes Victoria, Kyoga and River Nile. These are klnown locally as 'male' (Clarias gariepinus an J C. carsonii), Semutundu (Bagrus docmac) and Mputa (Lates niloticus). Littoral zones of shallow swampy fringes and marginal vegetation of Nyphea are domirnated by B. apleurogramma and most of the small Barbus species, Marcusenius nigra(ans, Gnathonemus victoriae and Alesies sadleri, Labeo victoriantis and Tilapiines. Turbulent waters and washedl rocky g,rounds are dominated by Gara jacksonii, Pterocepl alus catastoma, Rastrineobola argentea, Lates niloticus, Barbus altanalis, B. bavanii and Ampilius jacksonii. Deep rocky bottom areas are dominated by Gnathonenmus longibkrbis while the shallow, sandy bottom areas are dominated by Gnathonemnus victoriae and Gnathon emus longibarbis The FIRRI study (summarised in FIRRI, 2001) concludes that there are six keystone spezies of importance to fisheries (numbers 1-6 below), and an additional three that are important from a conservation perspective (numbers 7-9 below). 1. Barbus altianalis (Ripon barbel) 2. Mornmyrus kannumne (elephant snout fish) 3. Bagrus docmak (catfish) 4. Lates niloticus (Nile perch) 5. Oreochromis niloticus (Nile tilapia) 6. Rastrineobola argentea (minnow) 7. 'Mbipi' haplochromines 8 Synodontis spp. (catfish) 9. Mortnvrus macrocephalus 4ES Nile Power 76 Mfarch, 2}01 2~~~~~~~~~~~ - l- .E:: ~~~~'. ' }W: 1-1 ,14 t "d' -"~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- Source: Photographer unknown (Estimated Date: Late 1 940s)__________ _____ Project Name: ae AC,G53H7 BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Dae AC,2001 G00__4 Figure 3.5 NILE FACILITY EIA THE SOURCE OF THE RIVERN A POWER Peaefo:PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF AES NILE POWER _ OWEN FALLS DAM Bujag,ali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Of the species deemed to be of conservation importance, the 'mbipi' haplochromines were identified due to recent impacts by Nile perch predation. The Synodontis and Mbormvrius species were identified due to their migration upstream from Lake Kyoga to the Namasagali area for spawning. Table 3.12 summarises the key ecological features of the nine keystone fish species in the Upper Victoria Nile, in terms of habitat and food preferences and reproductive ecology. It can be seen that the majority of these species are classified as lacustrine-riverine, i.e. able to inhabit both lake and river environments. This is likely due to the variety of micro-habitats offered by this section of the river - from deep, slow-flowing, backwaters and 'pond' areas with silty sediment, through to the rapids where soft sediment has been stripped away and the substrate is rocky. A ES Nile Power 79 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Table 3.12: Ecological Characteristics of Importanit Fish Species in the Upper Victoria Nile Species Habitat preference Feeding characteristics Reproductive characteristics Lates niloticus Iacustrine - riverine -juveniles in riverine Adults prey on fish (Rastrineohola Scatters eggs in open water and on suLbstrate in (Nile perch) macrophyte beds, adults generally mid- argentea, Tiilapiines and juvenile Nile open water. channel. perch) while invertebrates prey primarily Co-evolved with Nile tilapia (Ogutu- on the shrimp Caradino. Able to switch Ohwayo, 1994) between fish and invertebrate prey (Ogutu-Ohwayo, 1985, 1990) Oreochromiis Lacustrine - riverine. Widespread in river Omnlivorous: phytoplankton and a wide Spawns in firm sand in water from 0.6 to 2 m nilolicus (Nile and lake environment. Juveniles prefer range of benthic invertebrates deep in lakes. Males set up and defend territory tilapia) shallow, slow-flowing water over bard which are visited by the females. Eggs are shed substrate. Co-evolved wxith Nile perch. in batches in shallow nest and fertilized by male. Females solely involved in broodcare. Morniyrids e.g. Riverine - range of feeding grounds (soft- Solitary, nocturnal: feeds mainly on Anadromous: spawn in flooded swamp pools A'formnyrus hard bottoms, plus submerged vegetation). benthic invertebrates (primarily associated with lower reaches of rivers (Corbet, kainnlumle, Al. Smaller individuals prefer slow-flowing chironomids, chaoborids, 1961; Okedi, 1970). macrocephalus reaches and embayments. Ephemneroptera, Trichoptera and nmolluscs) Clarias Lacustrine - riverine. Benthopelagic - Omnivorous: plankton, snails, fish, Spawns durinig rainy season in flooded (cleltas. gariepifius widely tolerant of extreme environmental plants, fruit. Migrates laterally into floodplains and retreats conditions to main river channel or lake basin soon after. Tilapia zillii Lacustrine. Prefers shallow, vegetated Omnivorous - mainly epiphyton and Spawns in lake bottoms with pebbles or sand areas and are comnmon in marginal plants with some insects from soft and abundant vegetation. Lays adhesive eggs on vegetation. Juveniles often found in bottom sediments. the substratum wvhich are guarded by both seasonal floodlplains. parents. Reported to deposit and guard eggs in shallow nest. Produces up to 1000 eggs Svnodontis spp. Lacustrine - riverine. Rarely grows larger Onmivorous - switching between fish, thatn 15 cm. plant material & insects. Chironomid larvae important. Barbus Lacustrine - riverine. Juveniles prefer slow Primarily insects, some small fish Breed in floodplains of rivers and streams altianalis flowing areas with marginal vegetation. (especially haplochromines) Adults prefer rocky areas with fast currents. igrai u.> c;O:uuitk i Iacustrine-riverinie, bentlhopclagic - Feeds on crustaceanis, molluscs, t-ish andc AES Nile Power 80 Marc/i, 2001 BujagaJXject Hydropower Facility EIA ehapter 3 Table 3.12: Ecological Characteristics of Important Fish Species in the Upper Victoria Nile Species Habitat preference Feeding characteristics Reproductive characteristics widespread in E African Rift lakes, R Nile some debris and vegetable matter. and elsewhere, in shallow and deep water (0-80 ti depth). Rastrineobola Riverine. Juveniles prefer river banks and Primarily insects and shrimps (e.g. Spawns year-round, but June-July is peak argetntea associated macrophyte beds. Adults prefer Caradinia) spaxvning time. turbulent waters with hard substrate. Schooling behaviour enables it to evade Nile perch and Nile tilapia. 'Mbipi' Several species in Lake Victoria and the Exploits a wide variety of food resources Many species are mouthbrooders. haplochromines Victoria Nile. Benthopelagic - generally in (Frycr & lies, 1972, Seehausen et al.. rocky habitats. Adversely impacted by Nile 1998) perch predation. Source: Fishbase Database (www.fishbase.org) unless stated otherwise. AES Nile Power 81 Marczh, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Aquatic Birds Several kilometres of the Nile were surveyed for aquatic birds from vantage points alon X the banks (see Figure 3.3). Four visits were also made to a pond situated at the eastern end cf the proposed embankment, in what was apparently a former water course of the Nile. Seventeen species were recorded (see Appendix C.3 for survey results). None of the sp.cies recorded are globally endangered or threatened. However, three of the species recorded are regionally-listed. (Bermun et al., in press) The Darter (Anhinga rufa) and White-collared l'ratincole (Glareola nordmanni) are ranked Vulnerahle and the Grey Hleron (Ardea cinerea) is considered Near-Thireatened. The number of Darters in the area was higher than in all but a few localities in Uganda (they are verv rare now on Lake Victoria; Dr. J. Arinaitwe fromr, the East Africa Natural History Society, pers. comm., July 1998). T hey are seriously affecte.i by fishing, often becoming entangled in nets and drowning. The White-collared Pratincole also has a limited distribution in Uganda. It is only common in Murchison Falls National Park. None of the species recorded are confined to rapid-flowing rivers. Several birds, such as the Fish Eagle, may increase as a lake replaces the rapids. Many of the larger waterbirds roost on trees, especially on islands in the river. There are presently enough trees for them to do this, but further deforestation may be to their disadvantage. 3.3.2.2 Tropical Disease 1Vectors This section pertains solely to observances of tropical disease vectors within the Nile in the area of the proposed impoundment. Tropical disease statistics and control mechanisms are discussed in Sections 3.43 and 7.3.10 respectively. Schistosomiasis Snails transmitting schistosomiasis are normally found in the margins of pools or slc,w- flowing streams where they browse on algal growths, on plants, decaying leaves etc. Most species are confined to the shallow margins, down to a depth of about 1.5 in. Human schistosomiasis occurs in two forms in Uganda. Urinary schistosomiasis (caused by Schistosoma haematobium) is transmitted by members of the Bulinus (Physopsis) group of snails and was formnerly common in many areas. Intestinal schistosomiasis (caused by AES Nile Power 82 March, 20ifl Bajagali Pr(ject Hydropower Facility EMA Czapter 3 Schistosoma mansoni) is transmitted by snails belonging to the genus Biomphalaria, and is now much more common than S. haematobium. According to Mr. N. Kabatereine (August, 1998), Vector Control Division, Ministry of Health, there are three species of Bimniphalaria present in the area: * Bionmphalaria choanomphala is unusual in that it is a deep water form, living in Lake Victoria on gravel and soft sedimentarv rock down to a depth of 2-3 m. It is known to be a host and is probably responsible for most transmissions among fishing communities along the lake shore, including Jinja; * B. sudanica occurs in permanent or semi-permanent swamps, and is particularly common along the shore line and in papyrus swamps on the edge of Lake Victoria near Jinja. It is a possible host but its local importance is not clear; aind, - B. pfeijferi is common in dams and slow-flowing nrvers and is a very efficient vector. It has been found in the two ponds east of the proposed embankment. Qualitative sampling of snails and other aquatic macroinvertebrates at a number of sites along the river did not yield a single specimen of Biomphalaria (See Figure 3.3). It may be preseilt, but in very low numbers and restricted areas. However, a survey of the pond off the eastern side of the northern end of Dumbbell Island immediately yielded rather large shells of the vector. This is due to the preference of this vector for stagnant or slow-flowing water (Mandahl-Barth, 1954). The snail deposits its eggs on leaves of aquatic plants such the Nile cabbage (Pistia stratiotes) and sometimes also on stones, branches or even shells of other snails. The Nile cabbage in the pond provides a more favourable habitat for the snail than the river, which is fast-flowing. Occurrence of Buli,ius in the Project Area Bulinuis spp. are common in the area. While their precise identity and potential importance can only be determined by more detailed investigation, they are probably of little importance since urinary schistosomiasis does not occur in the project area. In more general terms, Biomphalaria spp. occur more frequently in established water bodies while Bulinus spp. are better able to colonise new water bodies. Surface water temperature in the shallow area of Lake Victoria near Jinja is in the range of 24-26°C (Crul, 1993). Temperature data for the river in the vicinity of the proposed embankment are not available AES Nile Power 83 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EJA Chapter 3 but are unlikely to be significantly different. These figures are within the range fo- the optimum multiplication of both Biomphalaria and Bulinus species so that any snails th.t are able to establish themselves in the reservoir are likely to multiply rapidly. It is not practical to attempt to control snails along the shore of Lake Victoria and control is not practiced routinely in the area. Malaria Vectors Malaria is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in Uganda. Female mosquitos belonging to the genus Anopheles are the vectors, Plasmodium falciparum is the ilost virulent form of malaria, causing about 96% of cases while P. ovale is responsible for a.)out 4% (Consultations with the Vector Control Unit and Ministry of Health, August l9)8). Malaria transmission is perennial but there is some evidence of seasonality. Anopheles gambiae and A. funestus are important vectors in Uganda. A. gambiae is the m iost efficient vector. Both it and A. funestus feed almost exclusively on humans. A. gambiae b ites throughout the night, the number of bites rising steadily to a peak shortly before dawn. A. funestus bites in particularly large numbers just before dawn. A. funestus numbers are ii a maximum in the dry season while A. gambiae numbers reach a maximum immediately azter the rains. A. gambiae has a relatively high survival rate which together with its preference for hun-an blood results in about 5% of females being infective, compared with infection rates of about 0.1% in other species. Other species may be present in greater numbers than A. gambuae however, thus compensating to some extent for lower infection rates. Although there have been no recent studies on the mosquito populations in the area, according to Mr. M. Okia a Senior Entomologist at the Malaria Control Unit in Entebbe(August, 1998), the principal vector is Anopheles funestus, with A. gambiae and A. moucheti being of secondary importance. This is somewhat unusual as A. gambiae is generally considered the most important vector in East Africa. While A. pharoensis al,o occurs, it is not known to be a vector. In the vicinity of the Bujagali project area A. funestus breeds in areas of grassy swamp aloiig the edge of Victoria Lake. A. gambiae breeds in sunlit, shallow pools, footprints etc. while AES Nile Power 84 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facilit- EfI Chapter 3 A. mouicheti breeds in areas with a good growth of grass and is more important along the banks of the Nile. Other Mosquitos Cutlecine mosquitos (especially Cuilex quiinquefusciatuis) are very common in the area and are a considerable biting nuisance. There is a possible association betwcen Mansonia mosquitos and water hyacinth, but they, are more closely associated with Nile cabbage (Pistia). Pistia occurs in the Lake but is not common in the Jinja area. It is also present in the fishponds on the east bank of the Nlile near the embankment site. Onchocerciasis (River Blindness) Vectors The blood-sucking flies, Simulium dainnosurn. transmit river blindness. These flies breed in well-oxygenated, rapidly flowing water. In the past, suitable breeding sites occurred at many points in the Nile between the Owen Falls dam and Lake Kyoga. Breeding was widespread and human infection common. Control measures were initiated in about 1950. Regular applications of DDT were initially targeted against adults by aerial application and spraying along the banks and subsequently against larvae by application into the river itself. Larval control was achieved at a dose rate of 0. 1 -0.5 ppm. Treatment had a short-term adverse effect on aquatic organisms but these quickly recovered. Adult flies regularly re-invaded the river but in steadily declining numbers and were finally eradicated around 1975 (McCrae, 1977; Ayele & Walsh, 1991). Surveys conducted by WS Atkins (1998) demonstrated the presence of other non-vector Simulium species (S. alcocki and S. medusaeforme) in the river, the adults of which are thought to feed on birds and cattle. Trypanosomiasis (Sleeping Sickness) Vectors Two morphologically identical organisms, Trvpanosoma gambiense and T. rhodesiense cause human trypanosomiasis. The diseases they cause in man are similar, with T. rhodesiense causing more acute diseases. Death will occur in untreated cases in six to nine months. There is historical evidence that the geographical distribution of the two species overlap in south east Uganda, but more recent studies indicate that T rhodesiense is now the dominant (perhaps only) species present (Consultations with Vector Control Unit and Ministry of Health, August 1998) AES.Nile Power 85 March, 2001 Bujagali Prioject Hlvdropower Facilit1 EIA Chapter 3 A broadly similar infection is a serious disease of livestock, particularly cattle, in many parts of Africa. Trypanosomiasis is transmitted by tsetse flies (Glossina), both sexes of which suck blood. The tsetse fly is riverine and inhabits the vegetation along the banks of rivers and ]akes (Gordon and Lavoipierre, 1976). A female tsetse fly ovulates one egg at a time. Th s is retained in the "uterus". which hatches into a larva. It then undergocs three moults before emerging from the adult female. The female selects a soft place for larviposition to en;ure the larva can borrow within the shortest possible time. This type of shelter is essential to maintain the right degree of humidity until emergence. Such places include tree shelters, bushes, beneath rocks, fallen logs, and even tree cavities above ground level (Gordon and Lavoipierre, 1976). Many of these favourable habitats exist in the project area, particularl]y in the remnant natural vegetation on some islands. Lantana camara bushes have been founli to be responsible for the widespread occurrence of sleeping sickness in the Busoga region because they provide ideal conditions for sheltering and larviposition (T. Kangwagye, p,rs. comm., August 1998). 3.3.3 Protected Areas Protected areas within the vicinity of the project are shown in Figure 3.3. 3.3.3. 1 Jinja Aniimal Sanctuary The Jinja Animal Sanctuary is partly situated within the project area, namely the portion of the Nile River between the Owen Falls dam and Bujagali Falls, including the riverbanrks (width of the banks not defined in the legislation). Refer to Figure 3.3 for the location of i he sanctuary. This sanctuary was established under Legal Notice 1 10 of 1 953 for the protection of all animals except fish (Government of Uganda, 1953; GoU, 1962; GoU, 1996). Activities prohibited in the animal sanctuary include: * Hunting, trapping or killing of any animal species including birds and insects; * Destruction of any animal habitat e.g. felling of trees where birds and insects may nest, clearing vegetation (grass, bushes, trees etc. where animals live and feed), draining of water as in pools or ponds where frogs, toads, lizards, etc. live and feed; * Submersion of island patches within the Nile or the banks of the Nile where animals live, nest, breed or feed; and, AES Nile Power 86 March, 200! Bujaguli Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 * Collecting/capture of live animals or parts of animals dead or alive (e.g. eggs, feathers, nests, bones, teeth, skins, etc.) for any purpose (UWA, pers. Comm., 2000). Although no current inventory exists for the sanctuary, it is considered to have several bird species. reptiles and a diversity of insects (UWA, pers. Comm., 2000). When the Sanctuary was established, there were hippopotami in this section of the river. However, the last one was killed a few years ago (Director, Field Operations, Wildlife Authority. pers. Comm., 2001). Management policies to date have centred around providing information to the local populace on the area's biodiversity. If activities are undertak-en during the construction and operation of the project that are in contravention of the legislation, mitigation measures must be identified in the project's EIA and be implemented (UWA, pers. Comm., 2000). 3.3.3.2 Forest Reserves The national forest estate comprises 721 Forest Reserves encompassing 71 % of Uganda's 94 recognised vegetation communities across the forest and savanna zones of the country, totalling 15,000 kM2 (Forest Department, 1999). The 65 principal forests within Uganda were ranked in tenns of their biological importance (out of a total of 721 forests countrywide) (Forest Department, 1999). Kimaka Central Forest Reserve (CFR), the only protected forest in close vicinity of the project area, is not one of the principal forests. Mabira CFR is situated approximately 7 km west of the proposed hydropower facility site, while Namavundu CFR is located approximately 8.4 km north- northwest of the proposed hydropower facility site. Kimaka CFR Kimaka CFR is located approximately 3 km downstream of the Owen Falls dam and 4.5 km upstream of the proposed Bujagali hydropower facility, to the east of the Nile River. The closest that the forest reserve comes to the river's edge is approximately 450 m (0.45 km). This CFR was first gazetted under the Forest Reserves (Declaration) Order, 1964 as a Central Forest Reserve measuring approximately 0.466 km2. Under the Forest Reserves Declaration order, 1968, it remained a CFR. Kimaka CFR is a 47 ha Plantation Forest which has been managed under the Pen-urban Plantation Project since 1989 (DFO, pers. Comm., 2000). This is a project funded by NORAD whose aim is to increase the production of poles and fuel wood to meet the demands AES Nile Power 87 M11arch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilit EIA Chapter 3 of the local population and the nearby urban centres. The forest is dominated by eucal yptus trees used mainly for fuel, building, and electricity transmission poles. Biodiversity within the forest reserve is low due to the dominance of young eucalyptus plantations. Forty-two of the 47 ha have been allocated to private tree planters. The private plantei-s are granted permits by the Forest Department (FD), which supervises them from seeJling planting, right through management of the trees, up to harvesting. The planting is done 'Lnder five-year renewable permits. The remaining 5 ha are still directly under the FD buw are managed in a manner similar to the privately allocated portions of the CFR. 3.4 Socio-Economic Conditions 3.4.1 Administrative Boundaries and Local Governance Uganda is divided into 58 districts, which under the decentralized system of govermmeni are responsible for the general administration of individual districts. Districts are further divided into counties, sub-counties, parishes and villages. At each level the area is run by ele- ted local councils (LC5 at District level to LC1 at village level) who are responsible for l,:cal policy formulation, resolving local conflicts and providing orderly leadership at the grass roots level. Districts, sub-counties and villages generally play the most important role in l(ucal government. In the project area, the River Nile forms the boundary between Jinja District on the east b.Lnk and Mukono District on the west bank. Within Jinja District the area directly affected by the project lies within Budondo Sub-county (LC3) within which lie the villages (LCI) of Kyabirwa, Ivunamba, Bujagali and Namizi. Within Mukono District the area directly affec:-ed lies in Wakisi sub-county within which lie the villages of Naminya, Buloba, Malindi and Kikubamutwe. Administrative areas are shown on Figure 3.6. 3.4.2 Land-Use and Settlement Patterns 3.4.2.1 History of Development The history of development in the area can be summarised in a number of stages: * the pre-colonial period before 1900; * the colonial period, 1900 to 1962; AES Nile Power 88 March, 2 0 I t.earJk;|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -n, ,, , F ri*FSi,4* 2 K 1tI 6-~~~~~~~~~~~~6 I ,,,' . ^......,,, ' .__ .....,,,t,, ;1 - 143" i,,, '': ' : 615 2; ',5 . I -, 0 , )'W '' .:.. | 2 2~ 7., . ,,................. ,,l,, ' .. -' ' '' *':-|Cl$iZd1. 6 -V.e, .Ž- ; U Buyala Namizi Bujagain. ' '/' ' I ] } ,- 1r (V 1 'I t | .fi_ ro es d , tes , z h' 1 tbek.;Proposed "-h 12a AN ° 75 3 ., y I 7E \'S * hk 1 * La,v,, Kikubamutwe . Bujagali Hydropower Ivu a ;-...'.' ..... | I 0 a,, ' t S .D ;1 l eB- f -W iJ , X M h j,'' ' ' , ' * , ;Facility . ' a 3 C ' C . ." * ' *> " ' '.Buloba-) t^*1 t 5, . o .........~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~... . ..... r<0X--=0hje 11 ,5 ,,0 3 I l,f U3 - -;; etal M'- <-i,; 16~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 r , 22 6. - I/ I - . zo!' 1_,irw hltul tI I" .t. . Dqb ' I & . 7l , t i. Malindi e li . 2 0 . 1 ,,- \ Fl&5 r 21~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~k I -I Rsememet Land otS Kybirwa atureResettlem 2 Roa 11 \~Nl ie Rsr 1b ita 'dAt 219t. _ rpseBjaa SCL1.00 Prepaedfo Prpoe SO I - CO O I - .12 Obntralj#%tacilty =tOO AES NILE POWER FEATURES 1 444 62'sj I~"4 '2'~~~~~~~~~~75 Na, 't61.~~~~~SbconyOfie C Poet ae:DteMRH,20.F. Proposed Bujaga6i FACILITY "6A S2C 10-ECON.O'1C 26 ~~ SIn Hyropowe Facilty SCL 15, 1Peam o A34 /... 0 00 E IEPW RF A U E Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitn EIA Chapter 3 * indcpendence. 1962 to 1971; * political instability, 1971 to 1985; and, * recovery, 1986 to the present day. In the pre-colonial period both river banks were settled but the Budondo Sub-County (on the east bank) was particularly densely populated being the heart of Busoga land. In the second half of the 19th century, however, the population decreased due to a sleeping sickness epidemic. The west bank was less severely affected. During the colonial period the east bank was repopulated and there was extensive settlement and clearing of forest. On the west bank extensive areas of forest were cleared following the eradication of the mbwa fly in 1952. Settlers came from all parts of Uganda, particularly the south-eastern part of the country, as well as from other East African countries. As a result both banks have a very heterogeneous population. The best land was cleared first and cash crops were planted, particularly cotton. Bush vegetation was left in swampy areas and on the dry hills. Later coffee was planted and cassava, sweet potatoes and groundnuts introduced as subsistence food crops. Jinja town grew rapidly in the 1950s in the wake of the construction of the Owen Falls dam. After Independence, coffee was developed as the main cash crop. Jinja continued to expand and became a marketing centre and industrial base. The area was relatively prosperous. However, with the onset of political instability there was economic collapse. Jinja town was adversely affected, particularly due to the expulsion of the Asian population. Cotton was eliminated due to a fall in world market prices and an indiscriminate marketing policy towards peasants. People were afraid of accumulating wealth and reverted to subsistence agriculture. Since the return of political stability in 1985, population pressure in the area has increased. Swamps were drained and the subdivision of land intensified. Plots were divided into long strips stretching from the roads to the hills or swamps to include both fertile and poorer quality land. Virtually the entire area is now cultivated and very little forest remains. There have been a number of rehabilitation projects in the industry, energy and transport sectors and J.inja has expanded, providing both market and employment opportunities. Linkages between the town and the rural areas have increased. AES Nile Power 91 AMarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitn EIA Chapter 3 3.4.2.2 Demographic Conditions National Trends The 1991 population census indicated that Uganda had a total population of 16.7 million with an estimated annual growth of some 2.5% per arnum between 1980 and 1991. The Statistics Department projected in 1998 that the population in the year 2000 would reach 22.2 mil:ion (Government of Uganda, Statistical Abstract, 1998). In 1991 51% of the population was female and 49% male. Approximately 47% of the population was under the age of 15 years. Approximately 85% of the population was livinm! in the rural areas with 1 5%1o in towns and cities. The annual average growth rate of the ur!)an population was 4.8%o. Local Trends Demographic data at the district level was obtained from the 1991 census (GoU, 1998). "he total populations of Jinja and Mukono Districts in 1991 were 289,476 and 824,606 respectively. The growth rates of the population in the two districts were 2.2% and 2.4% per annum respectively between 1980 and 1991, which was below the national average of 2. % per annum. The population of both districts was 50%.o male and 50% female. In Mukono District 49'/, of the population was under the age of 15 while in Jinja District the proportion was 46%. In Mukono District 88% of the population lived in rural areas whilst in Jinja District -he proportion is only 72% due to the presence of the Jinja urban area, Uganda's second largest city. Literacy and Educational Attainment Sixty-seven percent (67%) of the population over 10 years of age is literate in Jinja Distbict whilst in Mukono it is 61%. In both districts it is higher than the national average (54%). T'he proportion of the population over the age of six who have never attended school is 26% in Jinja District and 28% in Mukono compared to a national average of 37%. The proportion of the population between the ages of six and twelve who have attended primary school is 66% in Jinja District and 68% in Mukono compared to a national average of 57%. Forty-tivo percent (42%) of the population over the age of 15 in Jinja District have completed prim;Ary school compared to 30% in Mukono and 25% nationally. Similarly 17% over the age of 20 in Jinja District have completed secondary school compared to 7% in Mukono District and '% AES Nile Power 92 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hyvdropower Facilit, EMA Chapter 3 nationally. In conclusion, standards of education in the study area are generally higher than at the national level, particularly in Jinja District. Economically Active Population The proportion of economically active population (defined as between 10 and 64 years) is lower in Jinja District (46%/o) than in Mukono (56%) which is closer to the national average (59%). These trends relate closely to the trends in educational enrolment described above. The proportion of economically active population engaged in agriculture is 42% in Jinja District compared to 75% in Mukono and 77% nationally. The proportion of the population whose main source of livelihood is subsistence farming is lower in Jinja (37%) than in Mukono (57%), both of which are below the national average of 68%. This is due to the important role of the Jinja urban area in the local economy and the presence of a number of large plantations in Mukono District. The proportion of the population involved in trading in Jinja District is 133%, which cquals the national average whilst that in Mukono District is only 9%. The proportion obtaining an income from formal sector ernployment is higher in Jinja District (37%) than Mukono District (18%) while the national average is 13%. Within the project-affected area, 46% of affected people are primarily involved in agriculture, while 16% are involved in business, 15% arc students, 4% are fishermnen and 4% are bicycle or taxi drivers (Resettlement Action Plan). 3.4.2.3 Settlenment Patterns The town of Jinja, which is the second largest town in Uganda and is the administrative centre for Jinja District, dominates the project area. It is an industrial centre containing paper, textile, beer, plastics, flour milling, food processing, leather and other industries. It has a substantial commercial centre providing hotel, business and social services for a wide hinterland. lt also functions as a tourist base for visitors to the source of the Nile and the Bujagali Falls and acts as a marketing centre for agricultural produce from the surrounding area. The town has a strategic location on the main route from the Democratic Republic of Congo through Kampala to Mombasa, which also gives it a significant trading function. On the western bank is the small satellite centre of Njeru, which contains a number of industrial and service activities. AES Nile Power 93 Alarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 The area immediately to the north of Jinja is currently dominated on the east bank by the construction works of the Owen Falls Extension Project. There are a number of quaries, borrow areas and waste sitcs. This area also contains some industrial developments and the Jinja airstrip. Settlement is concentrated along the main road from Jinja to Kamuli. Fiom Buwenda northwards the road is murram. At Ivunamba the main road turns in a north- easterly direction and access to the project area is via a complex network of tracks of varn'ing width and quality (Figure 3.6). A road has recently been constructed from Ivunamba to g.ive access to Kyabirwa Falls. The main tracks extend from Ivunamba due west to the Buj agali Falls, and north to Kyabirwa and Namizi. Settlement is generally along the tracks but is more dispersed and evenly distributed than on the west bank. The villages of Kyabirwa, Narmizi and Buyala are clearly defined by pronounced valleys. Ivunamba is a sizeable trading cen itre in the area with a number of grocery shops, butchers, tailors, workshops, restaurants and market stalls. To the north of these urban areas the land use and settlement pattern change,; to one that is rural in character. On the west bank, settlement is concentrated along the nmain Jinja - Kayunga road. There is almost continual linear development along this road through the project area. Between the main road and the river there are a number of minor roads and tracks giving access to clust ers of homesteads within the villages of Nkokonjeru, Naminya, Buloba, Malindi and Kikubamutwe. Settlement is generally on higher land. Refer to Figure 3.6. There is little permanent settlement on the islands but a number of temporary shelters are u -ed whilst farmers are cultivating the land. Access is provided by canoe from both riverbanks. 3.4.2.4 Housing and Infrastructure Housing in the rural areas is constructed mainly in family compounds. Buildings are eitlier 'temporary' (built with traditional materials), 'semi-permanent' (with traditional walls and corrugated iron roofs) or 'permanent' (with brick or concrete walls). The majority of housing is owner occupied. Water is obtained from the river and from boreholes, wells and springs. A piped water supply system is under construction on the cast bank along the main road, as an extension to the Jil-ja public water supply scheme. Sanitation is normally via pit latrines. AES Nile Power 94 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Charcoal is generally used for cooking and kerosene for lighting although car batteries are used to power some electrical appliances. As part of a Rural Electrification Programme under the financing of JICA, a 33 kV line is under construction along the main roads on both banks. As of late 2000, the line on each side of the river was completed from Jinja north of the project area. Connections to individual households should therefore be possible in the near fiture. Connections will be made to the local trading centers as part of a JICA-funded project, with connection to households remaining the responsibility of individuals. There are six primary schools in the project area with buildings and facilities in generally poor condition. Secondary schooling is provided in Jinja town. The health facilities in the project area are at Wakisi Dispensary and Maternity Unit (DMU) on the west bank and Budondo DMU on the east bank. Hospital facilities are provided in Jinja. There are no recreation facilities in the area, other than the Bujagali picnic site. There are no telecommunication, postal services or police services in the rural areas. 3.4.3 Public Health 3.4.3.1 Availability of Health Services in the Project Area Two local health centres serve the population of the project area. On the west bank of the Nile, approximately 20 km from Jinja, is the Wakisi Dispensary and Maternity Unit (DMU). On the east bank of the project area, approximately 15 km north of Jinja, is Budondo DMU. Both these rural health units refer difficult cases and emergencies to Jinja Hospital, which is a general hospital with a full complement of medical, surgical, laboratory, radiological and other diagnostic and treatment services. Additional information on the DMLUs is included in Appendix C.4. Both of these DMUs will be improved as part of AESNP's Community Development Action Plan, and are discussed in more detail in that plan. The Community Development Action Plan is Part III of the Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan, which forms part of this EIA and is submitted in a separate document. 3.4.3.2 National and Local Health Indicator Statistics Table 3.13 below gives basic health statistics for Jinja and Mukono Districts in comparison to Uganda national figures. Jinja District ranks better than Mukono District in all categories of health except for the number of hospitals/capita. Both districts rank higher than the national AES Nile Power 95 ,M1arch, 2001 Buiagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 averages in all categories of health except for Mukono District's percentage of the popukltion situated within a 5 km radius of a health facility (44.3% in Mukono District versus 4'i.0% nationally and 94.1% in .linja l)istrict). Table 3.13: Health Profile for Jinja District, Mukono District and Uganda, 1993 Health Category Jinja Mukono Uoanda District District Population (1991) Census 289,476 824,604 16,671,70' Population (per sq.km. Land) 428 179 85 Fertility and mortality rates Total Fertility Rate 6.2 6.8 7.5 Infant Mortality Rate/]000 90 102 122 Child Mortality Rate/ 1000 159 169 203 Health facilities and inpatient Beds Hospitals 2 6 95 Health Units 29 31 1332 Total Beds 713 870 22,714 Population within 5 krn Radius of health facility (%) 94.1 44.3 49.0 Deployment of Trained Health Personnel 600 638 12,289 Source: Statistical Abstracts. 1998. Republic of Uganda National Alorbidity Patterns Table 3.14 below shows the top ten outpatient diagnoses for 1995 for all ages from 22 reporting districts in Uganda. The list is extracted from data reported in the Uganda He.,lth Bulletin of September-December 1996, which involved more than 5 million Out Patient Department (OPD) diagnoses. Table 3.14: Top 10 Diagnoses 1995 (Excluding HIVfAIDS) - All Reporting Districts - All Ages Diagnosis Admissions Percent Malaria Acute 1431068 25.9 Lower Respiratory Infections 785114 14.2 Acute Upper Respiratory Infections 572639 10.4 Intestinal Worms 572639 10.0 Trauma (injuries, wounds., bums) 376613 6.8 Diarrhoea with Blood 335215 6.1 Skin Diseases 235157 4.3 Eye Infections 231349 4.2 Dental Caries 87487 1.6 Anaemias Other 73423 1.3 Source: Uganda Healthi Buletin, Sept.-Dec. 1996. Ministry of Health. AES Nile Power 96 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower F acilint EIA Chapter 3 Morbidity Pattern in the Project Area Morbidity data for 1997 were obtained from recorded outpatient diagnoses in the health institutions of the project area. Disease incidence patterns were similar at all health facilities. The OPD statistics for most frequent diagnoses in Jinja District (excluding Jinja Hospital) are presented in Table 3.15. Malaria is the most common diagnosed disease in all categories of outpatients, followed by acute respiratory infections (excluding pneumonia), intestinal worms, trauma (injuries, wounds, burns) and diarrhoea (not acute). Table 3.15: Outpatient Diagnoses for Jinja District (Excluding Jinja Hospital) Under Five Years Old Five Years and Above All Ages Diagnoses Number % of All Number % of All Number % of All MalariaNO 31,708 31.8% |52,911 33.4% 84,619 32.8% AcRI-Not Pneumonia 14,892 14.9% 21,154 13.4% 36,046 14.0% Intestinal Worms 7,876 7.9%/o 10,006 6.3% 17,882 6.9% Trauma (iniuries, wounds, burns) 8,130 8.1% 7,978 5.0% 16,108 6.2% Diarrhoea, Not bloody Acute 6,651 6.7%o 5,565 3.5% 12,216 4.7% Skin and subcutaneous tissue 4,917 4.9% 6,987 4.4% 11,904 4.6% disorders AcRI-Pneumonia 5,910 5.9% 5,522 3.5% 11,432 4.4% Source: Office of the District Medical Officer Jinja. NO = Notifiable. 3.4.3.3 HIV/AIDS - Background The Ministry of Health's Three-Year Plan 1993/94 - 1995/96 articulated the growing burden of HIM/AIDS on the population of Uganda. HIV/AIDS-related illness were said to account for over 30% of all hospital admissions. Nearly 70% of the beds in the tuberculosis wards of the largest hospitals were occupied by patients who were also HIV positive. HIV/AIDS also led to the reappearance of diseases that had virtually been under control. The Ministry of Health states that the emphasis of its AIDS/STD Control Programme is the prevention of transmission of STD/HIV and mitigation of the effects of STDS/HIV/AIDS on individuals, families, the community and the country as a whole. The operations of the programme in 1997/98 centred on increasing decentralization of implementation to districts and non-governmental organisations (NGOs). A community multi-sectoral approach to the HIV/AIDS problem was also used. AES Nile Power 97 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Ilvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Prouress made over the years is evidenced by a number of factors including: a declin- in trends of new HIV infection noticed at the 6 urban sentinel sites; the decreasing incidenc- of HIV in the young age group of 14 - 24 years; delay in first sexual contact; a sm.ller proportion of people having sex with a non-regular partner; and, an increase in the availability, access and use of condoms. National HIV/AIDS Statistics As of 31 December 1997, a cumulative total of 53,306 AIDS cases had been reported to the STD/AIDS Control Programrnme Surveillance Unit (Table 3.16). Of these 49,432 (92."'>,'o) were adults aged 12 years and above while 3,874 (7.3%) were children below 12 years. Table 3.16: Cumulative Reported AIDS Cases by Year in Uganda Year No. of Cases 1983 17 1984 28 1985/86 910 1987 3,824 1988 7,249 1989 13,339 1990 19.955 1991 30,190 1992 36,552 1993 41,193 1994 46,120 1995 48,312 1996 51,344 1997 53,306 Source: National HIV/AIDS Surveillance Report, March 1998. The female to male ratio of adults infected was approximately 1:1. The overall mean age for adult AIDS cases was 32.57 years. Stratified by sex, the mean age was 34.38 years and 30.59 years for males and females respectively. The overall mean age for pediatric AIDS cases was 2.18 years. Local HIV/AIDS statistics HIV/AIDS diagnoses for 1997 from the three local health units of the project area and Jillija District are summarised in Table 3.17. AES Nile Power 98 March, 2.00l Blujagali Project vlvdropower Facilfy ElA, Chapter 3 Table 3.17: HIV/AIDS OPD Diagnoses, Project area, 1997. Sector Number Percentage of Sector Total Al] outpatients. Jinja District (excluding 1,013 0.39% Jinja Hospital) 11 months Jinja Hospital 1,699 2.05%/o Budondo DMU 7 0.05% Wakisi DMtJ 8 0.09% SoLirce: Outpatient Diagnoses Tables from 3 local health units within the project area and Jinja Distnct. As a comparison, Jinja Hospital recorded 763 HIV/AIDS diagnoses in 1995, which amounted to 0.6% of total outpatient diagnoses. The apparent increase of more than 61% per year in betwveen 1995 and 1997, whilst alarrning, can be attributed to significant improvements in detection techniques, although a portion may also be due to the presence of the Owen Falls Extension construction labour force as noted in the Panel of Experts final report (http://www.buiagali.com/). 3.4.3.4 Tropical Diseases Schistosomniasis Intestinal infection due to Schistosoma mansoni is the oinly form infecting man found in the general area of the project. Although no surveys for schistosomiasis have been carried out in the immediate area of the Bujagali project, S. mansoni infection rates of approximately 60% were found during a survey along the shore of Lake Victoria in Mukono District (Divisional Vector Control Officer, Mukono, pers. Comm., 1998) and of approximately 50% in patients at Buloba Hospital. Infections are treated with praziquantel, which is also effective against intestinal worms. Malaria In the country as a whole, malaria is responsible for about 30% of all hospital attendances and is listed first in the top ten causes of mortality in all age groups under 16 years, and second only to HIV/AIDS as a cause of death in those over 16 (Ministry of Health, 1994). In Jinja District, outpatient diagnoses for malaria in 1997 were 34,335 for under 5 years, and 56,121 for over 5 years, representing approximately 32% of all outpatient diagnoses. Corresponding figures for Mukono District for 1997 were 37,477 for under 5s, and 51,637 for AES AVile Power 99 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 over-5-year-olds, representing approximately 27% and 23% of outpatient diagn Dses respectively (Health Planning Unit, Ministry of Health). It is known that an unprotected person, living in an area where malaria is hyperendenmic, nay receive several infective bites per night. These are sufficient to maintain a high level of immunity and resistance to disease in those living in rural areas and who have been regularly exposed since birth. However the potential for transmission from one non-immune person to other non-immunes is very considerable - over 1500 people have been known to become infected from a single case in this way. Because malaria is hyperendemic among the local population, the level of immunit" is correspondingly high. The principal risk of serious consequences of infection therefore lies with expatriates and any workers coming from non-malaria areas. Studies on chloroqi. ne resistance are being carried out at Walukuba Health centre. Due to financial constraints, residual insecticides for house spraying are in short supply. Boarding schools are treated routinely with permethrin. Ideally the schools should take responsibility but are unable to do so for financial reasons. People are willing to use bed r ets which can be treated with permethrin to control mosquitos but at USh 8-10,000 each, the r ets are not affordable for the majority of the population. In addition nets require re-treatment after about six months. General advice includes screening houses against mosquitos ;nd closing windows before dark. Onchocerciasis (River Blindness) River blindness is common in sixteen districts in western Uganda and in Mbale in southeastern Uganda. The National Onchocerciasis Control Programme was set up by 'he Ministry of Health (MoH) in 1996 who formulated a national plan for the control of the infection within 15-20 years (Mutabazi & Duke, 1998). The drug ivernectin (Mectizan®, Merck & Co., Inc.) is being distributed through the community to 'at risk' populations. Surveys of the local population in about 1991 revealed only two or three cases of river blindness, all imported from other areas, and none of which were in young people. Surveys conducted by the Senior Entomologist, Vector Control Division, MoH and the Divisional Vector Control Officer, Mukono fotnd no Simulium damnosum flies. Furthermore, io tourists visiting the area reported bites (bites are painful and easily noticed). It was thereft.re AES Nile Power 10O March, 2Ch')} Bujagali Project Hydropower Faciligy EIA Chapter 3 concluded that Simuilium damnosum is no longer present in the area. that onchocerciasis is no longer being transmitted, and that it is unlikely the disease will re-establish itself in the area. (Ndyomugyenyi, 1998; and pers. Comm.). Trypanosomiasis (Sleeping Sickness) In former times there were a number of serious outbreaks of human trypanosomiasis in the Busoga region. The principal vector was Glossina fuscipes. Flies were found to breed extensively around villages and in areas where the plant Latitana calar-a is prolific. An active control programme was instituted about ten years ago, which involved active case finding and passive surveillance, combined with fly control, initially by aerial spraying along the Nile and use of pyramidal traps treated with deltamethrin insecticide (Glossinex) at 300 mg active ingredient per trap. Traps were distributed at an average of 10 traps per km2 (District Veterinary Control Officer, Jinja, pers. comm. 1998). Infections were reduced by 96% over four years and the point has now been reached where only nine or ten new cases of sleeping sickness occur in a year in a population of about 300,000 and tsetse flies are no longer a problem. Traps are still used, essentially to monitor the occurrence of flies (including other related blood-sucking species). Animal trypanosomiasis occurs in the area (Acting District Veterinary Officer, Jinja). Active and passive surveillance is undertaken routinely. Positive cases are treated with dimazine aceturate to clear parasites and animals are also protected by routine treatment with Samorin(3 (May and Baker). Infections in cattle and goats at one time were high but are now down to about 5% in cattle and 3% in goats. Rift Valley Fever A surveillance operation was set up in the Mbale area following the Rift Valley Fever outbreak along the Tana River in Kenya. Particular attention was given to the area along the Uganda-Kenya border and to population movements. Mosquitos have been collected, and blood samples taken from humans and livestock on both sides of the border. These have been analysed by the Centre for Disease Control in Atlanta, United States. There have been no positive reports (Virologist, Uganda Virus Research Institute, and Senior Entomologist, Vector Control Division, MoH, pers. comm. 1998). AES Nile Power 101 iMarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilift EIA Chapter 3 3.4.3.5 Ebola Fever As a result of outbreaks of Ebola fever in 2000/2001 in 3 communities within Uganda ((,ulu, approximately 304 km northwest of Jinja; Masindi, approximately 174 km west of Jinja, and Mbarara, approximately 234 km southwest of Jinja). the Uganda National Task Force fc r the Control of Viral Ilemorraghic Fevers was set tup in October 2000 to control!oversee such emergencies. This program has been extended to the sub-county level and communities at large. The main task for the district is surveillance. All main hospitals in each district within the country have been equipped with protective materials in case of an emergencs or suspected cases. Suspected cases are to be reported through the District Director of Health Services to the Ministry of Health, who will then send in a team to investigate the issue. A protocol has been established on how positive cases are to be handled. 3.4.4 Economic Activities 3.4.4.] National Trends Uganda's economy is predominantly agricultural with over 90 percent of the populat ion dependent on subsistence farming and agro-based industries. Coffee, tea and fish are the major earners of Uganda's foreign exchange, with the country being self-sufficient in food. From 1962 to 1970 Uganda had a flourishing economy with a Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth rate of 5 percent per annum compared to a population growth rate of 2.6 percent per annum. This resulted in an average growth of about 2.4 percent per capita income annually. Between 1971 and 1985 the period of military dictatorship and civil un'est seriously affected the growth of the economy and the country's capacity to provide social services such as education and health care. During this time it is estimated that real GDP per capita declined by over 40 percent. The formal sector of the economy became hea ily regulated while the informal and non-monetary sectors increased substantially. Since 1986 the Government has been implementing an economic reform and rehabilitation programme that has been supported by a large number of multilateral and bilateral donors. This programme has steadily assisted in: the removal of structural problems that constrain growth; creating an enabling environment for private initiatives; and, bringing about fis.:al discipline, prudent monetary management and a stabile exchange rate. These measures hr ve AES Nile Power 102 AJarch, 20491 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 rcsulted in a sustained economic recovery since 1987 with economic growth averaging 5.8 percent and growth in per capita income averaging over 2.5 percent annually. Agriculture continues to be the lead sector contributing over 50 percent of the GDP, -employing 80 percent of the labour force and accounting for more than 90 percent of commodity exports. The share of the manufacturing sector in GDP is still relatively small at about 5 percent and is mainly based on agro-based industries such as sugar, tea, coffee and tobacco, as well as import substitution sectors producing consumer goods, largely for the domestic market. Since 1986 fundamental economic factors, which had previously crippled the economy, have been redressed. These include: reverse migration of skilled workers; return of expropriated Asian properties to their former owners who have returned to the county to revive their businesses; and, creating stable conditions for attracting private capital inflows. Other measures have included: government policy commitment on import and export liberalization; foreign exchange libcralization; privatisation of public enterpnrses; improvements in fiscal administration; financial and public sector reform; decentralisation of public administration to the districts: and, increased empowerment of women and other disadvantaged groups. In economic terms, these developments have substantially enhanced the country's credibility in economic management. The result has been that scarce resources, which in the 1970s and early 1980s relocated to less productive non-tradable sectors, have shifted to higher productive sectors like manufacturing, exports and tourism. Other activities which have benefited from these favourable conditions are the increased production of non-traditional commodities like simsim, oil, seeds, flowers, various types of vegetables and other horticultural products, both for domestic and export markets. Economic productivity is therefore increasing and inflation is low. 3.4.4.2 Local Economy Introduction Information on the operation of the local economy in the project area was obtained from two main sources: a bascline socio-economic survey undertaken during 1999 by WS Atkins; and, a report undertaken by ACDI-VOCA in April 2000 for AESNP. AES Nile Power 103 March, 2001 Bujagali Project 11vdropower Facilrh EIA Chapter 3 Occupations The baseline survey indicated that 46% of households are primarily peasant farmers. W. hile thc vast maJority of people in the area undertake some farming, a significant numbe-r of people are involved in other occupations. These include business / trade, fishing, and bicycle taxi driving. Incomes According to agricultural statistics from the Jinja District Agricultural Office, the average sustainable land holding in the District is 0.8 ha per compoundl/household, with a net anniual income of UgSh 3.7 million or USD 2,3000 per compound,household. Based on an ave!age of 8.4 persons per household in the project area (WSAtkins, 1998), the average armual agricultural income per individual is USD 270. The baseline socio-economic survey indicated that the average annual income per hec-:are from farming is Ush 31.62 million (US$19,760), which is 8.5 times higher than the dis:rict DAC figures. The difference in estimates could be attributed to: : Project-affected persons exaggerated their incomes in expectation of compensation; * PAPs could have confused gross income with net income; and, * Productivity within the project area may be higher than in the remainder of the district. The average annual household income from fishing, according to the baseline survey is I Ush 527,400 (US$350). As with agricultural income, the reported income from fishing may hive been exaggerated in anticipation of possible compensation for loss of income. Average income per household from business activities or formal sector employment, according to the baseline survey, is Ush 3.481 m (US$2,700). Other sources of incomne include rents and social benefits. The total average annual income per household in the project area is estimated at approximately Ush 8 m or US$5,360. However, income is inot distributed evenly among households in the project area. AES Nile Power 104 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Ilydropower Facility EMA Chtapter 3 Poverty Assessment The ACDI-VOCA study included a poverty assessment based on a 'simple wealth ranking' tecluiique. This resulted in a categorisation of households into rich, not-so-poor, poor, and very poor. Each category is accorded distinct characteristics based on ownership of property and ability to meet the necessities of life. For example the rich are characterised as: * Having over 30 acres (12 hectares) of land; * Owning ten cattle or more; * Having children in boarding schools; * Having a vehicle: * Owning a permanent house; and/or, - Owning a business. The very poor are characterised as: • Sleeping on banana fibre mats; - Beggars; * Having grass thatched huts with old iron sheet roofs that leak; * Having poor nutrition in the family; * Producing many children; * Having divorced parents; * During illness, relying on neighbours only to help: and/or. * Squatters, who do not own land. Out of 50 randomly selccted households three were classed as rich (6%), nineteen as not-so- poor (38%), eighteen as poor (36%) and ten as very poor (20%). AES Nile Power 105 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hlydropower Facilitv FIA Chapter 3 Expenditures, Savings and Credit The important categories of expenditure are education, food/household essentials, health 2are. farming, taxes, transport, credit and home building. The costs that are considered to imlpose hardships on a family are, in general order of importance: * education, acquiring land and health services; * marriage, death and transport requirements; * acquiring a household and having a first born child; and, * paying taxes and hosting visitors. People are able to save during the productive seasons of May to July and September to December. However savings are inadequate to address needs during the lean months of January to March when incomes are low and expenditures high. Any savings are normally used to cover anticipated costs. If more unexpected finaneial burdens, e.g., a death, occur during a period when income is high, the expense may be manageable but if it occurs during a low income period these costs may have a very negal ive impact on the household. In such cases, routine needs such as school fees or even money for food may be sacrificed. Affordable and reliable opportunities for saving and obtaining credit are limited. About 1)% of households have a bank account. Micro-Finance institutions are currently not playing an important role in the area. About a third of all households are in debt with the average debt being Ush 850,000 (US$565). Borrowing mainly takes place from friends and relatives rather than financial institutions. 3.4.4.3 Agriculture Farming Systems Agriculture is practised as a labour intensive, intercropping system with both cash crops a ld subsistence crops. The main cash crops grown today are coffee and some sugar cane whilst there has recently been extensive planting of vanilla. The main subsistence food crops grown are bananas, cassava, sweet potatoes, maize, beans, groundnuts, cocoyam, millet, sorghmn, peas, simsim. and yams. A range of horticultural crops is grown throughout the year including tomatoes, onions, cabbages, pepper, eggplants and carrots. AES 'ile Power 106 March, 2001 Bujagali Project 1Ivdropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Trees are planted for a wide range of reasons including: to demarcate plots: provide shade and windbreaks; to provide a source of fuel and building materials; to produce fruit for sale and household consumption; to provide fodder; and, to improve soil moisture and fertility. The main fruit trees are jackfruit, avocado, mango. oranges and pawpaw. Other trees include muvule (Chlorophora excelsea), mugaire, musambya (Markhaniia platvcalyx or Macadanzua lutea), Eucalyiptus spp., musisi (Aesopsis emini) and Leucaena spp. Few livestock are kept due primarily to a shortage of grazing land although wealthier families on larger plots tend to keep livestock. A few cattle are kept for milk although yields are low. Goats, turkeys and poultry are the main livestock kept, along with some pigs. During the initial consultations in 1998 the District Agricultural Officer stated the average size of agricultural holdings as 0.8 ha. Since that time there has been considerable plot sub- division in anticipation of the hydroelectric facility being constructed and landowners receiving compensation for their land. There is a clear subdivision of responsibilities between men and women with regard to farming. Women are responsible for food supply including planting, weeding, harvesting, collection of firewood and the preparation of meals as well as childcare, fetching water and household tasks. They generally do more work than men who are responsible for cash income including cash crops, trading and providing income from other activities. They clear the land and are responsible for building houses and looking after trees and animals. Despite the hard work, women generally do not own family land but merely have access to it. This has inhibited women's economic advancement by blocking avenues to credit schemes. Current Problems and Issues Land is being subdivided and production is being intensified. The number of plots into which a holding was traditionally subdivided was usually proportional to the size of the holding because the largest families tended to have the largest holdings. Over the last few years this pattern has changed and subdivision is now accelerating partly in anticipation of greater compensation from the Bujagali hydropower facility project. In his study of Budondo sub-county, Anderson (1994) considers the smaller holdings to be not only poorer but also less environmentally sustainable. He considers a holding of less than 0.5 ha to be below the threshold to support an average family. He concludes that continued AES ANile Power 107 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 subdivision is a threat to future economic sustainability and that other sources of income are required to support the population of the area. Other problems and constraints to production include: * Steep slopes, intense rainfall and soil types susceptible to soil erosion, * Low capital base and high costs of inputs; * Pests and plant diseases, especially in coffee and bananas; * Mechanisation not possible due to topography; * Lack of business planning and management skills; * Low prices for crops; i High transport costs and poor roads that become impassable during the rainy season; anid, - Lack of a co-operative approach, which could assist in bulk purchase of inputs, value added to crops and'or access to more lucrative markets. 3.4.4.4 Fisheries Importance of Fisheries in Uganda Fisheries are very important in Uganda's national economy and are based on the extensive and varied aquatic system that covers about 20% of the country's surface area. This sysl-cm comprises five major lakes (Victoria, Albert, Kyoga, Edward and George) and 160 sniall lakes in addition to rivers and swamps. Fish is still the cheapest source of high quality animnal protein in Uganda and provides over 50% of animal protein consumption. Fish is a major source of income especially for the rural poor, and this industry contributes greatly to povcrty eradication. Fish is an important export commodity: it is estimated that in 1996 US$45 million were eamed from fish exports, putting it next to coffee in export earnings (GDU statistics, 1998). The Ugandan fish export industry took a severe blow when importation by the EU countries was banned in March 1999 (on the grounds of hygiene, sanitation and the presence of pesticides in fishing waters). However, the EU resumed importation in August 2000. T he main entry points in Europe are Holland, Germany and Belgium in the north, and Greece in the south. Along with Spain, these countries represent the main EU consumer markets. AES Nile Power 108 Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Virtually all fish produced in Uganda is from natural water bodies. The quantity of fish harvested in Ugandan waters increased from about 175.000 tonnes in 1985 to 276,000 tonnes in 1993, before declining to 213,000 tonnes in 1994 and remaining at about this level since then. The initial increase is attributed to increased catches of Nile perch following its establishment in Lake Victoria. A breakdown of fish catch by water body is provided in Table 3.18. It can be seen that Lakes Victoria and Kyoga provided 87% of the total Ugandan fish catch during the period 1990-1997. and that the whole Ugandan Nile system provided onlv 1.2% of the catch. Table 3.18: Fish Catch By Water Body 1990-1997 (x1000 Metric Tonnes) 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 [Mean L. Victoria 119.9 124.7 129.7 134.9 103.0 103.0 106.4 106.8 117.8 L. Kyoga 94.9 98.7 102.6 106.7 80.2 80.2 80.6 80.1 86.5 L. Albert 19.5 20.2 21.6 21.8 16.4 16.4 21.9 19.1 19.0 L. Edward, L. 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.4 5.2 5.2 4.8 6.4 5.7 George & Kazinga Channel R. Nile 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 4.8 4.7 4.6 3.4 2.8 Other waters 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.6 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 4.0 Total 245.2 254.9 265.5 276 213.3 213.2 222 219.5 235.8 Source: Uganda Fisheries Department, cited in UNEP (I 999). Importance of Riverine Fisheries and Historical Perspective As shown in the table above, the River Nile produced only 1 .l% of the mean annual Ugandan fish catch during the period 1990-1997. There are few rivers in Uganda that support commercial fisheries apart from the Nile system, which includes the Victoria and Albert Niles, Aswa, Semuliki and Kagera Rivers. However, these large rivers offer ecological conditions for lacustrine, riverine and the riverine-lacustrine species. Other than the Albert Nile, riverine fisheries in most of Uganda are largely at subsistence level with fish being caught mainly for domestic consumption. However, commercial fisheries may be significant at the river mouth. For instance, there are large landings at Kyankole near Bukungu on Lake Kyoga where the Victoria Nile flows into Lake Kyoga. AES Nile Power 109 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility E1A Chapter 3 Methods of Fishing Artisanal fishing communities that depend on it as their source of food and livelihood dominate the fishery of the Victoria Nile. The fishing craft consist of planked canoes and. to a lesser degree, dugouts. The boats are V-shaped modified Ssese types, paddled with oars since very few people on Victoria Nile can afford to purchase outboard motors. Appel idix C.5 provides data on the type and number of fishing vessels recorded during survey; in February, April, July-August and October-November 2000. Perhaps not surprisingly, fis]hing activity is greatest in the reaches of the Nile that are remote from largc sets of rapids, e.g. between Bujagali and Kalagala Falls (Transect 2), and in the Namasagali area (Transect 4) The fishing gear used consist of gill nets ranging from 2]/2" to 8" stretch mesh size, seine .ilets and hooks and cast nets. Gill nets are the most commonly-used fishing gear, although y eld data presented in Appendix C.5 indicate that long-lines are more effective. Different fishing methods are used depending on the target species. Gill nets are sel in shallow marginal waters or left to drift. Long lines target Lates niloticus, Protopterus spp and Clarias spp, while traps and basket fishing are exclusively used in shallow waters to catch Proteopterus, Clarias and other slow-water fish species. Fisheries on some of the rivers in Uganda have declined due to use of destructive fishing gear and practices. These include use of small mesh gill nets that crop immature fish, beach sei:les and traps, especially at the mouths of rivers. For instance, the fishery of Labeo victoria'ius which formed the most important riverine fishery on the rivers of the Victoria lake basin, has been destroyed due to intensive gill netting and basket trapping at the mouths of rivers at the time when fish migrate from lake to river to breed. Other species like Barbus spp. ;:nd Alestes spp. have been similarly affected. Commercially-Important Species The contribution of the 13 most commercially-important species to the total Ugandan f ish catch, and to the catch of the River Nile, is shown in Table 3.19. AES Nile Power 110 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facilih EIA Chapter 3 Table 3.19: Relative Importance Of Fish Species In Total UFgandan Catch And River Nile Catch. 1994 Species Contribution to total Nile fishery (xlOOO Contribution to Nile Ugandan fishery (%) metric tonnes) fishery (%) Tilapiines 36.29 107.3 29.3 Nile perch 45.94 54.3 14.9 Rastrineobola 5.61 0 0 argentea Bagrus docmac 1.98 33 9.0 Clarias gariepinus 0.88 47 12.9 Protopterus 2.95 0 0 aethiopicus Barbius altianalis 0.37 27.7 7.6 Hvdrocynus spp. 4.22 0 0 Mormyrids 0.70 0 0 Alestes spp. 1.02 55 15.1 Labeo victoriae 0.01 27.1 7.4 Synodontis 0.01 13.5 3.7 afrofischeri Total 99.98 364.9 99.9 Source: UNEP, 1999 Fisheries of the Upper Victoria Nile Four quarterly surveys carried out by FIRRI during 2000 (summarised in Appendix C.l) indicate that the most important commercial fish species in the Upper Victoria Nile are the introduced Nile perch and Nile tilapia. The other main commercially-important species are MlormYrus kannume, Gnazhonemus longibarbis, Barbus altianalis, Baggrus docmac and Tilapia zillii. Six of these species are included in the list of keystone species as identified during the FIRRI studies, and previously described. The data in Appendix C.5 (summarised in Table 3.20 below) indicate that the fishery in the upper 65 km of the Victoria Nile supports 50-90 boats and approximately 150-200 full time jobs, depending on the season. In monetary terms, the value of the fishery is estimated at between USh 4.02 million/month (April 2000) and USh 10.66 million/month (July-August 2000), with the lower figures being largely attributable to part-time fishermen returning to the fields to work during the rainy season (Appendix C.5). At an exchange rate of USh 1500: USD 1, this equates to total revenue of between USD 2680 in April 2000 and USD 7106 in July- August. Using the conservative (upper limit) figure of 150 full time jobs, this equates to an annual income per full time person in fishery-related employment of approximately USD 400. AES Nile Power 111 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hiydropower Facilit A EIA Chiapter 3 Table 3.20: Summary Data For Fisheries Revenue From The Upper Victoria Nile Location Total February Total April Total July- Total 2000 revenue 2000 revenue August 2000 November 21 00 (million USh) (million USh) (million UISh) (million USII) Tranisect 1: Kalange 2.37 1.72 2.31 1.49 to Makwanzi Transect 2: Buvala to 4.58 0.47 7.93 3.28 KikubanIuLe. Transect 3: Matumu 0.22 0.09 0 0 to Kirindi Transect 4: 0.88 1.74 0.42 2.80 Naamasagali to Bunvamira TOTAL 8.05 4.02 10.66 7.57 Data from FIRRI 2000a: 2000h. 2000c, 2000d It should be noted that the Uganda Fisheries Master Plan Study (Ministry of Agricult ire, Animal Industry and Fisheries) states that average income for full-time fishernen in Uga ,da is circa USD 280 or USh 350,000 per annum, which accords well with the estimate for the Bujagali area of USD 400 per annum. 3.4.5 Tourism The site of the Bujagali hydropower facility is 9 km downstream of the "source of the Nile" (i.e. where Lake Victoria empties into the Victoria Nile). Due to the history and scenic topography of the area., it is attractive to tourists, especially to white water rafters who ccme to take advantage of the sequence of rapids on the upper reaches of the Victoria Nile. 3 4.5. 1 WZhite Water Rafting Operations: General The Government of Uganda, via the Uganda Tourist Board, supports the development and operation of white water rafting (WWR) in Uganda. The current Government policy is one of product and market diversification, in which eco-tourism (including WWR) is a priority. Aulo (1999) reports that the three main eco-tourism destinations in Uganda are the western mountains (for gorilla viewing), Murchison Falls National Park (see Figure 1.1.) and the "source of the Nile" area. Interviews held with the Minister of Tourism, Trade and Indus ry and the Resident District Commissioner in 1998 (Duncan Garrick Intermational Ltd., 19(l8) indicated that the administration of Jinja District and the Government of Uganda acknowledge the value and positive impacts of WWR, but recognise the need for increased power generation. AES Nile Power 112 Mlarch, 20691 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilin EIA Chapter 3 Two companies are operating WWR excursions at Bujagali: Adrift and Nile River Explorers (NRE). The rapids on which Adrift base their one-day WWR excursions, and the class assigned to each set of rapids is given in Table 3.21. The one-day excursions offered by NRE use most of the same rapids as those used by Adrift. These companies also market a two-day trip, but no revenue has been reported. Rapids are classified based on the degree of danger and 'thrill', on a scale of 1 to 6, with class 6 being a vertical drop and tnsafe for commercial rafting operations. Locations of the rapids are shown on Figure 3.7. Three of the four class 5 rapids (considered the most thrilling) are downstream of the Bujagali dam site. Table 3.21: Rapids Used by Adrift (U) Ltd for One-Day Rafting Excursions No. (see Figure ) Name Class 1 Donald 3 2 Bujagali 4-5* 3 Easy Rider 34* 4 Total Gunga 5 5 Sibling Rivalry 2 6 Big Brother 4 7 "Whee!" rapids 2 8 Overtime 5 9 Retrospect 4-5* 10 Babuga Falls 4 11 The Bad Place (Kalagala) 5 12 The Ugly Sisters 5 depending on river flow Source: M Barnett, Adrift (U) Ltd., 1998. Interviews conducted with rafters suggest that many white water rafters are primarily adventure and overland tourists, visiting Uganda to view gorillas at the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and other game parks. In such cases. Jinja represents a convenient stopping point for tours, where WWR is available as an optional activity. Adrift and Nile River Explorers suggest, however, that WWR is the primary reason for visiting Uganda. 3.4.5.2 Adrift (Uganda) Ltd Operations Adrift commenced its WWR operations in July 1996. In the 1997 calendar year the company reported carrying 3,315 clients. By the end of 2000, the company was carying an estimated 7,000 clients for its all-day rafting trips. Refer to Table 3.22. AES Nile Power 113 March, 2001 Bu jagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Clawpier 3 Table 3.22: WWR Customer Numbers Reported by Adrift (U) Ltd 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 No. of 490 3315 2776' 7000 7000 Clients/Year Trip Fee N/A N/A US $95 US S95 US $95 Estimated N/A US $250,000 US $265,000 US S700,000 US S700.000 Income in USD Description of N/A N/A N/A Full day, Full day, Bujagali to Trips Bujagali to Itanda, 12 rapids Itanda, 12 over 25 km rap]ids over 25 km_n Average No. N/A 24 24 18 18 of Clients/Day No. of Boats in N/A 7 7 7 7 Operation No. of People N/A 8 expats, 50 8 expats, 50 6 expats, 80 6 expats, 80 local Employed local local local Performance N/A N/A N/A Stable. Had started to pic . of Business/ Foreign up but Ebola Contraints tourists fear epidemic kept for safety due business to 1999 to Bwindi levels. Still fear Cf massacre insecurity within country Total to the end of iily. Source: Adrift (U) Ltd . personal communication with M Bamett in 1998 and Mehul Kanani, General Manager. 2001. Adrift's estimate of its first year tumover was in the order of US $250,000. After allowing for incremental tourist expenditure on accommodation, meals, transport and food, this figure .vas estimated to increase to about US $300,000 (Director of Adrift, pers. Comm., 1998). Adrift estimated their investment at around US $70,000 in set-up costs, which cov ers equipment (including 7 boats), vehicles, infrastructure and promotion. A total of 6 expatriate guides are involved in the operation. Revenue is also generated from the sale of T-shirts and videos. Figures provided by the companies indicate that their initial investments have be.~en fully recovered. Adrift has also operated in Zimbabwe since 1992 although their operation is small there in comparison with other companies. AES IVile Power 114 Mllarch, 26010 t #UIIC c( Grade x Nabuganvi * (Two day finish point) Weleba Malalu £ st Africa Nile Special u Shaker Hair of the Dog Overnight camping island Novocaine One Day finish point Itanda (The Bad Place}* Kangulumira * Bubuto Retrospect The Big Four nOvertime (Huge Grade 5 Rapids) Lunch Isand Point Break Silverback g Brother Sibling Rival Total Gunga l ~~~~~~~~~~~Easy Rd\Buiagali Falls ei _ 5;ff~~~~~~atins! start mont , j' \* Ia 2 10 ttLOMETNES o- ';2 .'!.5'1 Note: Two of the rapids run by Adrift do not show on this map: 'Donald" (upstream of "Bujagali Falls") and "The Ugly Sisters" (downstream of "The Bad Place") Source: Brochure produced byAdrift U Ltd. Project Name T BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH. 2001 H 3 Figure 3.7 FACILITY EIA _ FBWNILE Prepared for: LOCATION OF RAPIDS A M AES NILE POWER Bujagali Project Hydr-opower Facility EIA Chapter 3 3.4.5.3 Nile River Explorers Lid (NRE) Operalions Nile River Explorers provided comprehensive statistics on customer numbers and expenditure for its operations in 1999 and 2000. but was unable to do so for its first 3 years of operation (1996 to 1998). Table 3.23 provides a summary of the company's operations. Table 3.23: WWR Customer Numbers Reported by Nile River Explorers 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 No. of N/A Estimated Estimat 2,637 2,988 Clients/Year at 15-20% ed at less than 15-20% Adrift less than Adrift Trip Fee N/A N/A US$ 65 US $65 US $65 Estimated N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Income in USD Description of 5 hour trips from 5 hour trips from Trips base of Owen Falls base of Owen Falls to Kibibi, 8 rapids to Kibibi, 8 rapids over 18 km over 18 kmn Average No. of N/A N/A 10 13 13 Clients/Day Number of N/A 3 3 5 5 Boats in Operation Number of N/A N/A 7 4 expats, 25 locals 4 expats, 25 locals People expats, Employed 2 full- time local staff Perforrmance of Stable Good growth over Business/ previous year, esp. Contraints during festive seasons. Additional Activities: - Kayaking Average of 40 Same as 1999 school students/month, USD 40/ lesson 50 persons/mth Same as 1999 - Village walks USD 5/person' A local gulde is used. 4000 Ush goes to NRE while the balance of the money goes to the village visited. Souirce- John Dahl, Director of Nile River Explorers. personal communication in 1998 and 2001. AES Aile Power 117 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 NRE operates its own hostel in Jinja, the 'Explorers Backpackers Hostel', which can accommodate up to 60 guests, but on average has 20 persons per night (Director, pers. Comm., 2001). Bed charges are US $5 per person per night. NRE has constructed 6 bandas at the Bujagali campsite where the rafters begin their trip. The bandas cost US $15 per light for a double. On average, the bandas are occupied 60 nights per month, producing an inm ome of US $900 per month (NRE, pers. Comm. 2001). NRE report that they consider their major competition to be the Zambezi River, rather than Adrift. The company also successfully operates a sunset cruise on Lake Victoria. NRE considers a major sales attribute of Bujagali to be its location close to the main road trom Nairobi to Bwindi in the west of the country, which perrnits easy stopovers. 3.4 .5.4 WWR Comipanies' Local/Expatriate Emplovees Adrift estimates that some 80 local employees are involved in their operations. These include (trainee) guides and safety kayak personnel; truck drivers (transfers to river embarkation site); loaders/packers for equipment; catering assistants and office assistants. NRE offers similar job opportunities and positions for 25 local employees. In total, approximately 105 direct local jobs were available in 2000 although the majority of tilese were part-time. Informal interviews with local staff indicated that staff are in fact employed on a freelance 'as needed' basis and paid between US $5-10 per day. These rates of pa) are considered good to excellent by locals. 3.4.5.5 Capacity .4nalysis: Projections of TIR Potential Adrift states in its formnal documentation (1998) that it operates rafting trips on the Bujagali Falls section of the river, 5-6 times a week. Maximum capacities are stated as 20,440 per year (7 departures per day x 8 customers = 56 customers per day x 365 days per yea r = 20,440 customers per annum). However, interviews canied out in 1998 with Adnift suggested that, for operational reasons (back-up rafts, spacing of rafts, group size etc.), a maximum operation of 3 departures per day is more realistic. This translates into a maxin um capacity of 8,760 customers per unnumn. During the 12 month period August 1997 to . uly 1998 the actual number of clients was reported to be 4,857 (Duncan Garrick International Ltd., 1998). During an interview in early 2001, the director estimated that the company -]ad 7,000 clients in both 1999 and 2000 (pers. Comm., 2001). AFS Nile Power 118 March, 2 i01 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 3.4.5.6 Quantification ofExisting Demand - WUR Market in Uganda It is estimated that the total demand in 1998 was in the range 7000-8000 persons per annum, which includes the clients of Adrift and Nile River Explorers. The total gross direct value of WWR was therefore in the range of US $600,000-650,000 at 1997/98 prices (Duncan Garrick, 1998). By 2000, the amount of gross revenue generated by fees paid by rafters was estimated as US $486,000, based on 6,000 rafters per year, with 35% paying US $65 for a half-day trip and 65% paying US $90 for a full-day trip. Of the US $486,000 gross revenue generated, 80% or US $388,800 was estimated as being invested in the Ugandan economy (Linaweaver, 2001). The growth in vWWR numbers experienced to date may not necessarily continue in the future. Visitor numbers to Uganda are influenced by many factors including, inter alia, the source market characteristics, the prevailing image of the destination (political stability, tourist security), economic conditions in the source markets and current trends, currency values in the generating markets, air travel and other access costs (Duncan Garrick International Ltd., 1998). 3.4.5.7 Alternative WWVR Locations in Uganda Adrift has had a commercial multi-day operation planned for Murchison Falls since it was first successfully descended by Adrift in 1996. However, this section of the river has not been run as of the end of 2000. Adrift anticipates that a further exploratory trip will be required before commercial trips could commence. Furthermore, rafting cannot be actively encouraged in the Murchison area except for clients who wish to book an 'extreme adventure'. Adrift will not accept novice white water rafters for such expeditions, which incur a high degree of difficulty. Rapids in Murchison National Park are consistently 'extreme grade 5' and there is an added and significant danger from aggressive, large Nile crocodiles as wvell as a significant number of hippopotami in this section of the river. Adrift considers it unlikely that the planned Murchison trips will proceed due to a number of factors including the short season (only a few months a year because of water levels and velocity) when departures might be considered. AES .Vile Power 119 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EL4 Chapter 3 3.4.5.8 Bujagali Falls Picnic Site This site is located on the east bank of the Nile overlooking Bujagali Falls (refer to Figure 3.6). It includes land high above the Nile River valley as well as gently sloping areas adong the water's edge where a number of huts providing refreshments and souvenirs have been constructed. The following information regarding the site is based on observations and interviews (Duncan Garrick Intemational Ltd., 1998). The District Council owns the land. The site is under an annual local authority lease to a private individual. Rent is purported (unsubstantiated) to be US $2,000 per month. It was estimated in 1998 that the site attracted some 350 admissions during the week and 350 each weekend, with national holidays attracting greater numbers. As a result it attracts a total of about 35-40,000 admissions per annum. Admission rates are USh 1,000 per person for local people and US $1 for foreign tourists. Total admission revenues are in the range US S35-40,000. Additional revenue., are generated by the sale of drinks and other items. Approximately ten local staff work at the site. The total revenue from the site is estimated at US $60-70,000 with total costs in the order of US $30,000, leaving a gross benefit/profit of US S30-40,000 per annum. Overland tour operators also use the site for camping. These companies are generally European, North American or Australasian and operate adventure tours, often across Africa, with WWlR at Bujagali an optional excursion. These companies benefit from commissions paid to then] by the WWR companies. 3.4.5.9 Nile River Resort The Nile River Resort is a new hotel constructed by TRMP/MADA Holdings (U) Lt,1, a Kenvan- and Jinja-based group. Refer to Figure 3.6. This high quality hotel is located close to Bujagali Falls, on the east bank, with views of the Owen Falls dam and Owen F'alls Extension Project to the south and open countryside to the north. There are a total of 92 rooms in 46 units. Rooms are constructed in villa style buildings, each containing two rooms. In 1998, during a visit to the resort, the company reported that the total development cost Aas estimated at US $5.5-6.0 million. A 'rack rate' (normal, non-discounted, full tariff, room rate) of US $65-70 was envisaged, with high annual rates of occupancy required to gencrale a sufficient return on investment. AES Nile Power 120 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 3.4.5.10 Kyabirwa Nature Resort This site is to the north of Bujagali Falls, above the Nile River valley on the east bank, with views to Bujagali Falls to the south and open countryside to the north. Refer to Figure 3.6. The site was acquired privately in 1997/8 for tourism and recreation activities and was selected in the full knowledge of the intended Bujagali Project (Duncan Garrick International Ltd.. 1998). The site is to be developed with water slides, swimming facilities, camping, boating and walks, for local people and overland tourists. A few overnight hostel-style rooms may be made available at US $10 per person. It is intended that once the Bujagali hydropower project is completed, water slides would be simply relocated to higher ground. Although the developer suggested in 1998 that work would commence that September, no development had taken place as of December 2000. The developer anticipatcd that.entrance charges will be similar to current charges at Bujagali Picnic Site: USh 1,000 per person for locals and US $1 per person for foreign visitors. He further anticipated that total visits would be in the range of 50-100,000 per annum, resulting in income in the range of US $50-100,000 (Duncan Garrick, 1998). 3.4.6 Transportation 3.4.6.1 Roads The existing road system within the project area is shown schematically in Figure 3.8. A main trunk road links Kampala with Nairobi, crossing the Victoria Nile via the Owen Falls Dam and passing just north of Jinja. Site access will be achieved from two roads that run parallel to the Victoria Nile on each bank. A newly constructed road on the west bank will be permanent, while a newly constructed road on the east bank will be temporary only and used to access the east embankment during construction and for occasional inspections. The east bank road links Jinja with Kamuli, passing through Ivunamba. The west bank road links Jinja with Kavunga via Njeru and Kikubamutwe. Settlements straddle these roads at intermittent intervals. These roads intersect with the Kampala to Nairobi road at two major junctions. The intersection on the east bank is a 4 arm roundabout, whilst that on the west bank is a large gyratory on which priority rules ('right of way') apply, the Kampala to Nairobi route being the major ann. A public transport stop / taxi rank is situated within the junction. Other vehicles also park in the vicinity. AES Nile Power 121 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilit, EA Clhapter 3 Access to the Kampala to Nairobi trunk road can also be achieved at a large roundabout some 2 km to the east of the Jinja Roundabout. This junction also serves the rail terminal and depots at Jinja. Existing Road and Traffic Conditions The existing road conditions, traffic flow and speed estimates on the main road networik are shown in Tables 3.24 and 3.25. Table 3.24 shows independent 12 hour traffic data coll:cted during 1998. The average vehicle composition around the network is contained in Table 2-.25. All surrounding roads are of single carriageway standard. With the exception of the Jinmja to Ivunamba (east bank) road, the road system has tarmac surfaces of moderate to good qumlity. With regards to the Jinja to Ivunamba road., the Jinja to Buwenda section has a tarmac sui face but it is now weathered and has deteriorated to a poor quality surface. Footways ranging from Im to 2 m have been created on grass verges alongside most roads, but due to constant use the grass surfaces have mostly been eroded exposing the underl7ging soil strata. Pedestrians also frequently use the road pavement. This increases during the wet season when footway surfaces convert to mud. There are significant levels of pedal cycle use, particularly on the Jinja - Ivunamba road in the east bank (nearly 70% pedal cycles). Other traffic is mostly public transport vehicles and goods vehicles. The level of personal car usage is relatively small. The Kampala to Nairobi road is the most heavily trafficked with a high proportion of heavy goods vehicles, public transport vehicles and pedal cycles. Traffic flow to and from Jinja town is tidal. The majority of local traffic (from Ivunamba and Kikubamutwe for example) during the morning is bound towards Jinja and vice-versa du.ing the evening. The average 12-hour count at Buwenda is 1460 vehicles. A comparison with morning and peak period counts suggests a "total peak period to 12-hour count" conversion factor of 3 65. This factor has been used in estimating current all day 12-hour traffic for the road netw Drk within the study area. Traffic generated by on-going works at the Owen Falls Extension Project is included in the figures provided in the Tables. It is assumed that this tra"fic constitutes 1 0% of existing traffic movements. AES A'ie Power 122 March, 2001 >;trZ To Nairobi/Mombasa Terminal Roundabout Jinja oundabout_JINJA .XTown ~Centrej Temporary site access road PROJECT SITE __ _ _Njeru Permanent site access road gyratory Kikubamutwe To Kampala Source: WS Atkins, 1999 Project Name: MACH 201_50_ BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G503 H73 Figure 3.8 FACILITY EIA O WFPreared for: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF THE ROAD AES NILE POWER NETWORK AROUND THE PROJECT SITE Bujagali Project Hlydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 The main problems with the system are that road marlings and street lighting are absent on miost roads and traffic junctions, In addition, the public minibuses which run along both banks stop on the carriageway whilst passengers board, posing accident n'sks. Table 3.24: Existing Road and Traffic Conditions Road/ Section Road Condition' Traffic Junction (Approx. Width (m) Pavement Footway Quality3 AM Peak2 PM Peak2 Average Length, Pavement! Surface Surface Period -2 Period -2 Speed Km) Footwav hrs hrs (kph) (estimated (vehlPCU) (veh/PCtU) Capacity)5 Kampala - Njeru - Jinja 10/1-1 i'` tarmac Grass/soi Good 1200 2004 30 Nairobi (2 km) (15,000) 1 Jinja RO - IO 01-1 ¼ /2 tarmac Grass/soi Good 4004 4004 30 Terminal (]5,000) I RO (2 kin) Jinja - Jinja Towvn 10/1-1'/2 tarmac Grass/soi Good 5004 50O4 Ivunamba Centre to (15,000) l "Jinja RO" ((2¼'2 km) Jinja RO - 5-8i1-1 tarmac Grass,'soi Poor 200o 2004 60 Buwenda (7-10.000) (41,2 kn) Buwenda - 5-8/1 - 192 murram Grass Moderat 199/11l 197/1 10 60 Ivunamba (2 (7-10,000) e kmn) Jinja to Jinja - Njeru 10/1- 1/2 tarnac Grass Good 80 Kikubamut RO (2 km) (15,000) we Njeru- 6-8/1-1'/2 Grass Good 114/117 113/119 80 Kikubamutw (8-10,000) e-lvunamba (9 krn) Jinja tarmac Grass Good 2078i2017 2139/2192 Roundabout Jinja tarmac Grass Good ? Terminal RO Njeru tarmac Grass Good 1315/1349 1379/1639 Gyratory I I Estimates based on 'total' junction counts at Jinja Roundabout, Njeru. Ivunamba and Kikubamutwe. Includes 'Owen Extension Works" traffic, nominally taken as 10% of all traffic. PCU= passenger car unit , visual assessment only. 2 moming peak period: 0730 - 0930; aftemoon peak period: 1700-1900 3good - no potholes; moderate - few potholes, poor - significant number of potholes 4eStimates taken from roundabout survey, vehicles only. 5estimated 2-way capacity in vehicles/]2 hr day. All roads are single-carrageway Source: WS Atkins traffic surveys, 1 998. AES Nile Power 125 March, 2001 Bujagali Project IHydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 Table 3.25: Existing Vehicle Composition Road % Cars Motor-Cycles Buses/laxi Pedal HGV (Public Cycles 'Fransport) Kampala- 19 4 26 35 17 Nairobi Jinja- 7 7 14 69 4 Ivunamba Jinja- 9 6 31 40 13 Kl'kubam-utwe HGV = Heavv Goods Vehicle SoLuices WS Atkins traffic surveys. 1998. 3.4.6.2 Rail There is a single rail track between Jinja and Kampala extending eastwards to Kenya. lhis caters for freight traffic only and there are no passenger services. Estimates of freight tn.ffic between 1994 and 1996 are contained in Appendix C.7 and indicate a high volume of fre ight traffic. All delivery of materials and equipment from Mombasa to Jinja will be by rail, wvith the exception of abnormal loads, i.e., turbines, which will be transported by road. 3.4.6.3 A ir The Jinja air strip is located close to the Jinja to Ivunamba road on the east bank. This is mainly used by a local flying club and occasionally by private light aircraft. 3.5 Cultural Property The construction of the Bujagali dam, and especially its resultant reservoir, will affect people's individual cultural properties as well as culturally significant aspects at the community level. As defined by the United Nations, "cultural property" includes sites having archaeological (prehistoric), paleontological, historical, religious, and unique natural values. Cultural property thus encompasses both remains left by previous human inhabitants (for examp le, shrines) and unique natural environmnental features such as waterfalls. Comprehensive studies of the culture and traditional religions of the area were undertalken and consultations held to: obtain baseline data; assess the impact of the project; and, facilitate the design of mitigation measures. Full details are given in the Cultural Property Management AES Nile Power 126 March, 2(J01 Bujaguli Project Hydropower Facility E1A Chapter 3 Plan, which forms Part II of the Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan (RCDAP). T'he RCDAP forms a separate document and is part of this EIA. Possible impacts and mitigation measures are addressed in detail in Section 7.3.9 of this document. Uganda is a multicultural society with several ethnic groups. The southern reach of the Victoria Nile, i.e., south of Lake Kyoga, is made up entirely of people of Bantu descent (Fountain Publishers Ltd., 1999). The baseline socio-economic survey identified 22 ethnic groups in the project area as defined in the RAP. The Basoga are dominant on both riverbanks although there are significant numbers of Baganda, particularly on the west bank. Other significant groups are the Basamya, Teso, Banyole., Bagwere, Bagisu and Badama. 3.5.1 Spiritual Values In recent years there has been a new sense of cultural pride and a renewed interest in traditional culture, particularly on the east bank. The Basoga cultural King 'Kyabazinga' was inaugurated in 1997. There is a dominance of Basoga traditions and beliefs on the east bank and Baganda traditions and beliefs on the west bank. Along the Victoria Nile, Luganda (west of the river) and Lusoga (east of the river) are the languages that predominate south of Lake Kyoga. These languages are very similar to one another and are mutually understandable. Religious beliefs are divided in Uganda: 33% are Roman Catholic, 33% are Protestant, 16% are Muslim, and 18% practice indigenous beliefs (CIA, 1999). Withiin the study area, 30% of households are Catholic, 30% are Protestant, 34% are Muslim and 6% practice other beliefs (Resettlement Action Plan). Traditional religious beliefs remain important in the area. The belief is that spirits are in control of all aspects of life. The spirits are feared and respected but can be manipulated by those who interact with them. Spirits are often appeased through sacrifices. Traditional religion is practised through diviners, caretakers, interpreters, traditional doctors and herbalists who interact with the spirits. Charges are made for these services and gifts are also often given and received. Spiritual beliefs exist at different levels - namely at the personal / household level and at the community level. At the household level, the spirits of ancestors are often honoured at family AES lile Power 127 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 3 shrines. These can be relocated, if the household moves, through carrying out traditional ceremonies to transfer and settle the spirits. At the wider community level, traditional beliefs and customs are associated with ecolo tical features like rapids, trees and boulders. Each has a resident spirit that is worship:ped, respected and feared. These attitudes arc manifested through rituals, sacnfices and observation of taboos. There are a number of recognised dangers associated with brea ing taboos or disturbing the spirit world including death, famine, sickness, drought, machilery breaking down, injury, etc. A number of such sites will be affected by the construction ol' the project and by inundation as shown on Figure 3.9. The 'homes' of the spirits can howeve'r be moved througlh carrying out certain rituals and ceremonies to transfer and settle the spirits. Details on the moving of spirits are provided in the Cultural Property Management Plan (CPMP). The CPMP forms part of the Resettlement and Community Development Ac:ion Plan, which is under separate cover and forms part of this EIA. 3.5.2 Archaeological Values Consultations were held with the Commissioner for Antiquities and Museums, Ministn. of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities (pers. Comm., 1998). Records held by the Uganda Museum (Kampala) indicate that the nearest historical sites to the project area are a modern (post 1862) site at Urondaganyi approxilmately 20 km downstream of Bujagali and an e.rly iron-age site located near the railway 8 km north-east of Jinja. However, it should be noted that the proximity of the site to water, plant and fish resources means that the site is likel) to have been inhabited for thousands of years. It is therefore possible that archaeologi zal remains will be discovered during excavation. A qualified archaeologist will walk the area of permanent and temporary land take after the EIA has been approved and prior to construction taking place, to assess the potential f'or archaeological finds within the area. If archaeological sites are located, including during construction, mitigative measures will be implemented in collaboration with the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities. Refer to Section 7.3.9.3 for details. AES Nile Power 128 March, 20i1 : ~- ; ,! Buyala . Kyabirwa Village Village I-I Na z Bujagali VillagerI Picnic Site,' - - >- * R~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IL/E \s Buj'agayi/)gg 6umiei * _ ' Falls - I~sland~ _ N |...: (_ - - ' ----*4 *o * ,Buioba ' 4h~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~4 Kikubamutwe| < l', . Village Namiia w~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- .Vdlage - '~Mai''R 1 an MaRFoadj to Kayu nYUfga Shrine/Shrines ' *--- RDad/track * Big tree where spirits reside Streams * Islands 0i Fire place Stones where spirits reside ŽjV Herbs Burial grounds 4 Forest Notes: Locations of cultural sites are approximate and indicative rr; ,,+ . Source: WS Atkins ( 1999) * Symbol indicates single or in some cases, mulltiple Shrines. b w; t Project Name: --I BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MAROH, 2001 G0503_H_64 Figure 3.9 NILE Prepared for: FACILITY EIA L INDICATIVE PLAN SHOWING SITES L OWER AES NILE POWER OF CULTURAL SIGNIFICANCE r _____ ____ ~~~~~~~(COMMUNITY LEVEL)__ Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 4. ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 4.1 Need for New Power in Uganda The need for power in Uganda is well documented. Studies by Kennedy and Donkin (1997), EdF (1998) and Acres (1999) all report a deficit in electricity supply in the country, a situation that is predicted to grow worse. As presented in Chapter 1, less than 6% of Uganda's population have access to electricity in their homes (this figure is less than 1% for people living in rural areas) and, of those that do, many cxpcrience "load-shedding" blackouts on a recurrent, if not daily, basis. Uganda's economy has been seriously affected by the insufficient supply of electricity, as shown in Figure 4.1. Businesses lose an estimated 90 working days each year due to power cuts and load shedding, hampering Uganda's economic growth by approximately 2% per annum (Ugandan Investment Authority, 1999). Overall investment in Uganda has declined in real terms by over US $150 million dollars in the past five years. When surveyed as to why this decline has occurred, current UJgandan business operators and potential investors advised that access to electricity is the single, largest infrastructural constraint to Uganda's economic development (UIA, 1999). They also advised that this problem has increased in severity from 1994 -1998 (see Figure 4.1). Present domestic demand for electricity is growing at a rate of 7-8% per annum (Electricite de France, 2000; Mubiru, 1999). The latest load forecasts by EdF (2000) estimate that by 2020, 783 MW of capacity will be required to mcet demand. At present, there is only 260 MW of committed generation potential in the country. The 250 MW of firm energy that the Bujagali project could provide to the Uganda national network would significantly decrease the gap between projected supply and demand over the next twenty years. Within Uganda's borders, the Nile is capable of generating up to 2000 MW of hydroelectric power (Dribidu, 1999). Despite this potential, Uganda's pnrmary hydropower development is the 180 MW station located at Owen Falls, a power station originally commissioned in 1954. A further hydropower development, known as the "Owen Falls Extension Project (OFEP)," is also under construction (see inset of Figure 1.1). Two 40 MW turbines, the first phase of the OFEP, came on line in June and August 2000, respectively. It is believed, however, that this 80 MW capacity will be consumed by present unmet demand (Acres, 1999; UEB, 2000). AES Nile Ponwer 131 March, 2001 Bujagali Project hI dropower Fadciiti EIA Chapter 4 There is also a significant technical debate (Acres, 1 999b; Dribidu, 1999) on the hydrology of the Victoria Nile at the Owen Falls location and the amount of base load electricity thal can be produced there. Further electrical generation projects, apart from OFEP, are still need.d to meet the growing demand for electricity in Uganda and to support Uganda's econ imic development. The Government of lUganda (GoU) has also identified electricity generation as a priority in its poverty alleviation programme (Turvahikaho, 2000). Apart from the need for electricity within Uganda, several of its neighbouring countries are also experiencing energy deficits. Rwanda, Tanzania and Kenya - countries connected tc the Ugandan national network - are all energy-deficient countries at present and need to imrDort electricity to meet domestic demand (U.S. Department of Energy, 2000). ESMAP (1'.(99) reports that rural electrification has been very successful in Kenya, using prmariy s:lar photovoltaic technology to off-grid customers. This does not, however, address the issu. of energy deficits to the grid-fed urban areas of Nairobi and Mombasa in Kenya. The Bujagali project, in its first five to ten years, would provide more electricity to the Ugandan national network than the domestic electricity demand in Uganda forecasted by EdF (2000). The surplus energy from the Bujagali project that is not needed in Uganda could be exported by UEB to Uganda's neighbours to assist in meeting their energy demands and provide valuable foreign exchange earnings to Uganda at the same time. 4.2 Identification and Evaluation of Alternatives 4.2.1 Alternative Generation Technologies Given the large, and growing, gap between electricity supply and demand in Ugan.ia, electricity generation alternatives have been examined and prioritised for the count ry. Kennedy and Donkin (1997), EdF (1998), Acres International (1999) and ESMAP (1999) have all prepared studies of this nature over 20-year planning horizons for Uganda. Thuse alternatives for the next 20 years in Uganda include: * wind-generated electricity; * geothermal electricity; * solar-generated electnrcity; * small scale hydroelectric development; * co-generation facilities; AES Nile Power 132 M1arch, 200(1 Planned vs Actual Investment (million US$) 1000 _Planned 900 - Investment 800 Actual _Investment 700 600 - - __ 500--LF_ 300 200 ____ 100 0 cN CO q)L ~0 Nl 0 a , m o a) a, a, a, a Infrastructure Constraints to Ugandan Firms, 1998 Electricity Telephone ~~~I I ..I I .... 11 Quality of Roads Waste Disposal Rail _ 998 Ports/Shipping 1994 Water Supply Air Transport 0 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Severity (1=No obstacle, 3=Moderate, 5=Severe) Source: Ugandan Investment Authority (1 999) Project Name: BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER 2001 Go ure 4.1 FACILITY EIA Ift iNo_E| -Prepared for: ECONOMIC NEED FOR ELECTRICITY Ir____l AES NILE POWER PROVISION IN UGANDA Bujagali Project Hvdropower Faciity- EIA Clhapter 4 * biomass-generated electricity; * thernal power plants; * large scale hydroelectric development: and. * demand management measures which reduce the need for the above-noted types of projects and bring more efficiency to the national system. The general conclusions from the evaluation of these generation alternatives from these reports were: * there is little potential for wind-generated electricity, especially to contribute to the national network, as Uganda is not favoured with a windy climate (Mubiru, 1999; ESMAP, 1999). Wind can be used to recharge batteries, a significant source of electricity for rural, off-grid people in Uganda; * geothermal energy resources are extensive in Uganda - up to 450 MW of potential - but are largely unexplored at present (Acres, 1999). Exploration should continue in the country, but cannot realistically be expected to contribute to the national network in the next ten years; - there is certainly a place for solar, small hydro and biomass generation technologies to be explored and exploited over the next twenty years in Uganda. These technologies are particularly applicable to off-grid customers, contributing as much as 70 MW to rural electrification over the next ten years (ESMAP, 1999; Sanghvi, 1999). The potential for solar power as a significant provider to the national network, however, is low due to its comparatively high kW/h purchase price (Acres, 1999; Karekaho, 1999). Small hydro power and biomass sources of electricity (especially bagasse, the plant residue produced from sugar extraction) collectively contribute 10 MW of electricity to the national network presently and have the potential of contributing up to 20 MW more (ESMAP, 1999). This is not enough, however, to satisfy the large, and growing, unmet demand for electricity in the country, especially in urban centres; * demand management measures, particularly improvements to the country's failing distribution infrastructure, should be undertaken immediately to return as much as 30 MW to the Ugandan national network which is presently being lost (Acres, 1999); and, AES Nile Power 135 March, 2001 Bajagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 thermal generation is an option to produce the required e]ectricity to satisfy Uga:lda's unmet demand. However, there are no available domestic sources of hydrocarbons (coal, oil, natural gas) presently which can be exploited and transported to the dcemand ce-itres of Uganda (e.g. Kampala) where a thermal plant would be located. Exploration for oil in western Uganda is underway and oil could be available for domestic consumption as early as late 2003 (Alexander's Gas and Oil Connections, 2001). At present, hydroca-bon fuels would need to be imported, dramatically increasing the purchase price of electricity to grid-fed customers: a significant issue for a poor country like Uganda. Large-scale hydroelectric development remains the most viable way forward for the country in the short-medium term, when considered on a cost basis only. The Victoria Nile is the primary hydrological resource available in Uganda to meet the growing electricity demand in the country. 4.2.2 Alternative Hydropower Development Sites on the Victoria Nile Acres (1999) examined six potential hydropower sites along the Victoria Nile, following on the work of the Hydropower Development Master Plan of Keinnedy and Donkin (I 94)7). These sites are presented in Figure 4.2. Of the sites considered by Acres (1999), Murchison Falls and Kalagala were the "least cc st" options in terms of capital costs of construction per MW generated. Bujagali ranked thirc in terms of least cost. With its comparatively low social and environmental impacts, and its ability to generate 250 MW of power, however, Bujagali emerged as the preferred locat-on for hydropower development on the Victoria Nile of the remaining sites. Acres (19149) recommended that the Kalagala and Karuma projects (see Figure 4.2) also be pursued as potential projects to meet the growing electricity demand in Uganda based on the demand forecasts set out in EdF (1998). The Murchison Falls and Ayago projects were dismissed by Acres as each was in Murchison Falls National Park, a World Heritage Site, and would thus entail unacceptably high environmental impacts. The Masindi Project was also dismissed by Acres as it would have been prohibitively expensive, it precluded any downstream hydropower development projects (e.g. Karuma) and it was only at a conceptual level. The Inception Report for the Bujagali Project (WS Atkins, 1998) included a brief for a Comparative Assessment Study of the three potential hydropower development schem' cs being promoted at that time - Karuma, Kalagala and Bujagali (see Figure 4.2). The objective A ES Nile Power 136 March, 206'1 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 of this study was "to provide a basic comparative assessment of the proposals for the three sites on the River Nile, to determine whether the Bujagali project falls within the threshold of acceptability with respect to its environmental consequences." The study was primarily a desk study review, based on documentation available by the various projects' proponents at the time, supplemented by brief site visits and limited consultations. This assessment was completed in June 1998 and the report was included in Volume 2 of the EIS submitted to NEMA (WS Atkins, 1999). Table 4.1 provides a comparative summary of the impacts of the Karuma, Kalagala and Bujagali projects, as determined by WS Atkins (1999), and the text that follows the table provides a brief textual summary of each of the projects. AES NIle Power 137 March, 2001 Bujagali Project H,vdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 This page is intentionally left blank. AES Iile Power 138 March, 20W1 71 Acsi;tA ouor^aAs<_ | .. Knbdlya 7 i ; w > v[~~~~~~~~~~~~~Murchison Falls National Park-- ............... ;Mro It8 fF jWert ryos r <> t Kib , f~J Kampla ; ; Mbws ^ ) 4 tEdi; -i 5 ~ SSESF i 50KM BUJAGAL HYROPOE Date- MARH2001 G0503_H_02 Figure 4.2 NILE ~FACILITY EIA _ POTENTIAL HYDROPOWER| iS NILE ~ ~~~~~~~~~~ILAD POE Prepared for: DEVELOPMENT SITES ON _U AES NILE POWER Z THE VICTORIA NILE AINIA BujagalriWject Hydropower Facility EIA Cliapter 4 Table 4.1: Summary of Comparative Impacts of Karuma, Kalagala and Bujagali Projects (from WS Atkins, 1999)* Impact Karuma Kalagala Bujagali 1. Beneficial lmpacts Energy: Installed Capacity 100 MW 500 MW 250 MW Employment opportunities During construction During construction During construction Services and infrastructure Regional improvement Regional improvement Regional improvement Public health No significant impact Reduced risk of oncliocerciasis Reduced risk of onchocerciasis Fisheries No significant impact Potential for lake fishery Potential for lake fishery Water birds No significant impact Increase in open water habitat Increase in open water habitat 2. Adverse Impacts: (A) Construction and Reservoir Filling Reservoir area excluding river (ha) No reservoir 1200-1300 250 Land take requirement (ha) 300 1330 270 Estimated permanent land take 50 1300 265 Number of oustees 200 4130 500 kW/land area inundated No inundationi 385 960 kW/number of oustees 500 121 480 Air quality Deterioration in rural area and Karuma Deterioration in rural area and Deterioration in rural area village Kangulumira village Water quality Deterioration downstream Deterioration downstream Deterioration downstream Noise and vibration Impact in rural area and Karuma village Impact in rural area and Impact in rural area Kangultumira village Erosion and sedimwentation Increased short term risk Increased short term risk Increased short term risk Terrestrial ecology Loss of small area of riverine forest. Important loss of 330 ha of No loss of forest vegetation Site is located in Controlled Hunting gazetted forest reserve Loss of 27 ha of breeding habitat for Area, and adjacent to Kaimma Sector of Loss of 44 ha of breeding habitat water birds on Nile islands MFNP for water birds on Nile islands Aquatic ecology Reduction in fish biomass in Nile Reduction in fish biomass in Nile Reduction in fish biomass in Nile downstream of site downstream of site downstream of site Social issues Pressure on limited services Pressure on limited services Pressure on limited services, but mitigated by proximity to Jinja AES Nile Power 141 March, 2001 Butjagali Project Hydropower Facility HIA Chapter 4 Table 4.1: Suiimmary of Comparative Impacts oi' Karuma, Kalagala and Bujagali Projects (from WS Atkins, 1 999)* Impact Karuma Kalagala Bujagali Access Loss of access to traditional soil, water Loss of access to agricultural land Loss of access to agricultural land and wood resources in 300 ha direct area of some 30 ha area of some 20 ha impact area 'I'ransmission lines 80 km to Lira and 90 km to Masindi 24 km to Owen Falls and 70 km 8 km to Owen Falls and 70 km Owen Owen Falls to Kampala Falls to Kampala 2. Adverse Impacts: (B) During Operation River regime No effect on Nile regime downstream No effect on Nile regime No effect on Nile regime downstream of Kanima Falls downstream of Kalagala of Dumbbell Island Dramatic reduction in flow over 3 km Flooding of Kalagala, Busowoko Flooding of Bujagali Falls reach and Karuma Falls and Buyala Falls Water quality No impact Medium term deterioration after Short tern deterioration after filling fillinig Terrestrial ecology Local effect on riverine forest due to No direct impact but regional No direct impact, but regional reduction of mist zone at Falls development may lead to further development may lead to further encroachment into Mabira CFR encroachment into Mabira CFR Aquatic ecology Change itl composition of fish Potential for water weed growth No significant impact communities in 3 km reach, and and deoxygenation in reservoir siginificant imipact onl ecology of this area outsi(le main Nile channel reach Disease vectors No significant impact Increase in snail vectors of Increase in snail vectors of schistosomiasis in reservoir area schistosomiasis in reservoir area Public health No significant impact Increase in risk of schistosomiasis Increase in risk of schistosomiasis in in 1900 ha reservoir area 430 ha reservoir area Cultural heritage No significant impact No significant impact Flooding of Bu jagali shrines Tourism and visual amenity Significant reduction of visual amenity Loss of aesthetic value of Loss of aesthetic value of Bujagali of Karuma Falls Kalagala, Busowoko and Buyala Falls Falls Loss of whitewater rafting Loss of whitewater rafting opportunity over 2.5 km reach from opportunity over 15 km reach of Bujagali Falls to Dumbbell Island IYI1 IV I)bejuw LDuLIMDbeii islandc *Figures have been revised since 199, based upon mnore detailed site information. AES Nildver 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitv El4 Chapter 4 4.2.2.1 Karuma Projecl At the time of the WS Atkins Comparative Assessment Study, a project was being developed by NORPAK Power Ltd at Karuma Falls, approximately 280 km north of Kampala (see Figure 4.2). NORPLAN A.S. had been commissioned to prepare a Project Concept Report (April 1996) and subsequently a preliminary EIA (October 1997). They were subsequently engaged to carry out a full feasibility study and EIA. The project involved the construction of a run-of-the-river hydropower development 3 km upstream of the Karuma Falls, short power tunnels to an underground power station, and tailrace tunnels discharging below the falls. As a first stage, an installed capacity of 40 MW was planned with a total planned capacity of 5 x 20 MW units using a maximum diverted flow of 450 m3/s. An amenity flow of 1,040 m3/s over the falls would be maintained. The tunnels to the powerhouse would be 75 in in length and the tailrace tunnel 2900 m. The project also included an option for a further development stage involving the construction of a regulating dam, although this was not being considered at the time the comparative study was conducted. The permanent structures, construction works, spoil dumping areas and housing and offices would be located on the south bank of the Nile. A total length of 3.5 km of access roads would be required from the Kampala-Gulu road. The main impacts on the natural environment were considered to be: * the visual amenity effects of a 30% reduction in flow over the falls, particularly with the site being adjacent to Murchison Falls National Park; * a change in the composition of fish communities in this reach of the river; and, * a change in the local riverine forest structure due to a reduction in mist and spray at the falls. It was estimated that some 35 families would be physically displaced by the project and that the influx of construction workers to this relatively remote area would bring both economic benefits (e.g. jobs, investment) and potentially adverse social impacts (e.g. "boom town effect" with inadequate social services, HIV/AIDS). A ES Nile Po"er 143 March, 2001 Bujaga/i Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapier 4 Since the time of the WS Atkins Comparative Assessment Study, a full EIA has been prepared for the Karuma Project (NORPLAN A.S., 1999). This study was submitted to NEMA in May 1999. A public hearing at the proposed project site took place in November 1999. The project, as described in NORPLAN (1999), is now designed to have a 200 MW capacity (4 X 50 MW turbines) with NORPAK installing 3 turbines and the Government of Uganda having the option of installing the fourth. The tailrace tunnels are now 2.2 km long (one for each turbine) and the amenity flow through the affected portion of the Nile will be maintained at a minimum of 50 m3/sec. 4.2.2.2 Kalagala Project The Kalagala site is located about 24 km downstream of Owen Falls. The Kalagala project evaluated in the WS Atkins Comparative Assessment report was the one proposed ir the Hydropower Development Master Plan (Kennedy and Donkin, 1997), modified by discussions with Arabian International Construction who were developing the project at that time. It consisted of a combined intake dam and surface powerhouse, a gated spillway, short lengths of gravity dam and flank embankments. The project was conceived as a two-stage developmenit, with the first stage providing 250 MW and the ultimate installed capacity being 500 MW. The main impacts on the natural environment were considered to be: the extensive land tLke; the inundation of parts of three Forest Reserves totalling 330 ha: the loss of Kalagala, Busowoko and Buyala Falls; and, a beneficial impact on fisheries. It was estimated that over 4,000 persons would be displaced, and that there would be a severe impact on white xN ater rafting activities. The risk of schistosomiasis was expected to increase whilst the risl. of onchocerciasis would decrease. No inforrnation is presently available about the current status of the Kalagala project. Acres (1999) reported that the project sponsors, Arabian International Consortium, did not appear to pursuing the project aggressively at the time that Acres was writing their report. 4.2.2.3 Bujagali Project At the time of the WS Atkins Comparative Assessment Report, the Bujagali project was al an early stage of developmnent. An initial Scoping Report was produced in 1997, but the AES Aile Power 144 March, 26(0I Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 Feasibility Study (Knight Piesold /Merz and McLellan, 1998) had not yet been completed and the full EIA had just commenced. The project configuration evaluated was described as a combined intake dam and powerhouse, a gated spillway and emergency spillway, a rockfill embankment dam abutting the east side of the spillway and a short length of embankment or concrete gravity dam on the left flank. The installed capacity would be 250 MW. The main impacts on the natural environment from the Bujagali project were considered to be: * the land take; * the inundation of Bujagali Falls; and, * a positive impact on fisheries. It was estimated that about 500 people would be displaced and that commercial white water rafting would no longer be possible on the 2.5 km stretch of the river between Bujagali Falls and Dumbbell Island. The public health impacts were considered to be similar to those at Kalagala, but reduced in scale due to the reduced reservoir size. Based upon additional field studies undertaken, the number of physically displaced persons has changed. As well, the footprint of the proposed Bujagali hydropower facility project has been revised, resulting in a slightly modified landtake. A detailed description of the preferred project is provided in Section 4.4, while Section 6.20 of the Resettlement Action Plan (Part I of the Resettlement and Community Development Action Plan, which is submitted as a separate volume and forns part of this EIA) provides details on the factors that contributed to the change in number of physically-displaced persons. 4.2.2.4 Conclusions of the 14'SAtkins Comparative Assessment Report WS Atkins (1999) wrote: 'In terms of positive economic impacts, Kalagala clearly has the greatest installed capacity, twice that of Bujagali and five times that of Karuma. A 500 MW scheme represents a very substantial step increase in the installed capacity, by a factor of almost three, and it must remain questionable as to whether the UEB system could cope with this increase without significant alteration. The land take and overall area of direct impact is greatest at Kalagala, and the potential number of oustees much higher. When these impacts are related to power AES Nile Power 145 Maurch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilih EJA Chapter 4 generation capacity, the ratio of power output to the area inundated and the number of oustees (Goodland, 1997) is lowest tor least efficient] at Kalagala. The nature of the effects on the natural environrment are similar at both Kalagala and Bujagali, but the scale of the impact will be higher at Kalagala. In particular, th, larger impoundment behind the Kalagala dam will result in the loss of significant areas of gazetted forest. The ecological impacts of the schemes will be least at Karuma. The impact on the landscape and potential tourism value is also likely to be: highest and most widespread at Kalagala, although Karuma Falls will be dramatically affected by the Karuma scheme. The impact on the landscape at Bujagali will be les. severe, and the Kalagala reservoir will drown out a greater length of the reach of the Nile currently used for white water rafting activities. In terms of the socio-economic effects, the potential for stimulating development i! possibly greatest at Karuma, due to the lower overall level of economic activity anc' the poorer standards of living in the surrounding area. The extent of social disruptior and disturbance, especially during construction, is however likely to be greatest for the Kalagala scheme and lowest at Bujagali. In summary, the Kalagala scheme will provide a very large increase in power. bul: will have the greatest overall environmental and socio-economic impacts. Karuma is likely to have the least overall environmental impact, but generates the lowest amounl: of power, whilst Bujagali will have a relatively low environmental impact whilsi generating substantial amounts of power. Based on the forgoing analysis. the Bujagali site was confinned to be the most desirable site on the Victoria Nile in Uganda for the next hydropower development. 4.2.3 Evaluation of Alternative Hydropower Development Configurations at Bujag ali The Inception Report (WS Atkins, 1998) and scope of work for the EIA included a requirement that alternative options at, and around, the Bujagali site also be investigated. The objective of the study was to "compare and evaluate options that have been developed for Bujagali, in order to provide the rationale for the selection of the preferred scheme. The key considerations in the comparison are the potential power output of the different scherles, their financial costs and their relative environmental and socio-economic implications." The assessment was undertaken by WS Atkins, in association with engineering consultants Knight Pi6sold, and was completed in June 1998. The report was included in Volume 2 of the EIS submitted to NEMA (WS Atkins, 1999). Five configurations for the dam had previously been considered by Acres in 1990 in connection with the feasibility of expanding the Ow.en Falls power station at Kyabirwa Falls, Bujagali Falls (the "BI Configuration"), Buyala Fills (2 alignments) and Busowoko Falls. These were briefly re-examined and costed. In addition, two further configurations were identified, one a diversion canal at Bujagali to avoid the inundation of Bujagali Falls (the "B2" configuration) and the other at Busowoko Falls with a AES Nile Power 146 March, 2'101 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 lower full supply level (FSL), again to preserve the falls and the river downstream to Dumbbell Island. The locations of these various options are shown in Figure 4.3. The technical and economic issues considered included the cost and timescale of the Stage 1 diversion, the total project cost, the overall duration of the construction programme and the installed capacity in relation to the needs of the Ugandan electricity system. The key environmental issues considered were the loss of land through inundation, land take for permanent works, temporary occupation of land for construction purposes, displacement of the local population, potential inundation of sites of cultural significance and impact on tourism and recreation activities. The report concluded that "the preferred [B I] option is the most favourable from a technical and economic viewpoint whilst the lower FSL option at Busowoko Falls would preserve Bujagali Falls and the river channel downstream to Dumbbell Island." It also noted that a development at Busowoko Falls would have a major negative impact on possible future development at Kalagala downstream, a project which was being actively promoted at that time. Following the completion of the Feasibility Study in July 1998 and, as a result of progress on the EIA for the preferred scheme, a review of the June 1998 assessment was carried out during 1999 / 2000. The review included two further options considered at Busowoko by K-night Piesold (1998) in the Feasibility Study - one designed to retain Dumbbell Island and Bujagali Falls and one for direct comparison with the preferred option, in termns of gross head and installed capacity. In addition, further consideration was given to the differences in environmental impact between the "B1" and "132" options at Dumbbell Island. Comparative sketch designs were generated for both of the Bi and B2 options, reproduced here as Figures 4.4 and Figure 4.5. The results of the analysis of all options are presented in Table 4.2. The results of the more detailed analysis of the two options at Dumbbell Island (i.e. BI vs. B2) are shown in Table 4.3. AES Nile Power 147 .11arcih, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 This page is intentionally left blank. AES Nile Power 148 Ajfarch, 2:901 '-wm To Kamuli To Kamuli \w \ ~~~Budondo\ Centre AUS Si t- Site AE BUSOWOKO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~YBIW FALLS__ FALLS Site, Sit CL Site D BUJGAL |BUSOWOKOLL D U MBBELL FALLS \ Busowoko Kibibi Buyala Namizi Kyabirwa >1, Kabowa uwendaOWEN FALLS Kikubamutwe Buloba TONJA Namiyagi Wakisi Malindi Naminya /Krungu/ To Kampala To Kayunga Source: W.S Atkins (1999) Note: Not to Scale FProject Name:G0 BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G053_H 59 Figure 4.3 NILE_ FACILITYEIA POTENTIAL HYDROPOWER POWER Prepared for: DEVELOPMENT SITES _______ AES NILE POWER _ AROUND BUJAGALI KEY Dam Area of Inundation To Kamuli NOT TO SCALE To Kamuli \ ~~~Budondo\ \ ~~~Centre w _~~ ~ ~ - - - __,__,.._, AL BUSOWOKO FALLS Busowoko Kibibi . . Kya X / ~~~~~~Kabowa I / _f Buwenda __ OWEN _FALLS JINJA TOWN Wakisi Kikubamutwe /aTOaN / Centre f I_ AEn NILE POWER AT DUMBBELLtILAND To Kampala To Kayunga Source: W.S. Atkins (1999) FProject Name: 01Fgr . I BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 lG0503_IH_60 Fgr . NILWEE Prpedo "B1" ALTERNATIVE CONFIGURATION rs ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AES NILE POWER| AT DUMBBELL ISLAND_ KEY N |t- Dam _ Area of Inundation To Kamuli 4MS NOT TO SCALE To Kamuli \ ~~~~Budondo\ Centre * BUJAGALI Embankment BUSOWOKOo°-8-- BUKABRWA|A FALLS U B and spiliway Busowoko Kibibi Buyala Namizi Kyabirwa Kabowa amz Kyabirw ~~~~~A. uwenda OE > Kabowa 1h in suspended solids, which would have an adverse impact on river water quality u.iless intercepted and treated; and, * Technical implications in termns of impact on project programme and additional cosI s for processing work. Based on the above negative aspects of an earthcore dam, an asphaltic core dam design was chosen. 4.4 Description of the Preferred Project 4.4.1 General Project Description The project site is located at Dumbbell Island, 9 km north of the source of the Victoria Nile in Uganda (see Figure 1.1). The project will consist of a 250 MW power station housing 5 X 50 MW vertical Kaplan turbine generation units with associated 30 m high embankment and spillway works. The project will be constructed in two phases. Phase 1 will entail the construction of the entire civil engineering works together with installation of 4 x 50 MW units to provide a Phase 1 capacity of 200 MW. Phase 2, which entails the installation ol the final 50 MW unit, is dependent on UEB's decision. Permanent access to the hydropo-Ver facility will be from the Jinja to Kavunga road on the left (west) bank, branching off from the main road about 8 km north of Owen Falls Dam. The power station area will be fencec on both sides of the river. Figure 1.2 shows the layout of the permanent works. AESNile Power 162 Marci, 2P01 NOTES 200 0 w 400 MO0 $0o1 T.-.ATLXTI0Faeverbrbeetadybdyooselooyotevebe 20D 0 2CO 4C0 6C0 EtOn , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~APPFodMATE LOCATION OF 1.T Thlomoaqn5..d 56Pc6 6 ft--1 - wo0 -Wb \-}: JIUNCION WITH EXSTING I-I or erpoeus ners beA (s KS sury9Y) -0JINJOIYU AMS ROAD S SOP73K KEY eoert rr>*YilP - vP b danced by Eu. Spplyr e(FSL) EL 1111S. L p- A m de En d o As b ed 60 n rerF n so. 77 APPuOXIMATE rCAT ON OF Ana ol erun b sr He) - soyra7e 60105150 'ING OISWA FALLS 0000 Ares of EaerrsoorES avewaroAar APPROXIMATE CENTFE-LINE NeF' (set.b5eb SOPsoesme- ve deel I OFERIVEARAIeXTOSY TEMPORAEY ( SOPS6 - i soP" APFOXrIMATE LOCATION OF SOPOr ' :40 ,SOPb b3pou S / - - EXSTINGASECONDAE 0OA0 5004 5P10 // SEXISTING EYSIRWA 2 -/ FALLS ROA0 ! so - Erordr e < , --~ SOPST eb - 'X'EXTENT AN UPTREAULIMITOF f L. :7o i:-_,-TO EE ASSURES - AMOUISITION - _FLOW 70 0 yt t4 So OIA) Xt SOPR - SOP50300~'~ BUMJAGALi. > 4---' FALLS soP7} '-v;S' 7 v <-WESTEANK K A .;5 , . 00p~S , P f? - 01AQUARY SOE5O~~~~~~~~~ 'l4i~~~~~~~~t ~~SOP HOS`MOMSLrMFT OF WIEST MAK 2- - . voo w--- e DEFNITON eONoYNMSuE Soure -BgtPeod(00, rwn o0701 soFB,* SOP 'SOP26~~~~~~~~~~~ 7T 003 oout1 yOGOO Iz STAT HIGWt do 6Et3 SOP B G H P -t M00CH o0 A rSg S. -op, SOP S212N & ER sopP,- sop, SOPS ao SOPj 1000076 SOEUO ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EXTENT OF LASS TO BE ACQOISED sop7t 0 + t~ INUNDATED LANSSOUT0H sc 0500OF 0UJAGA12 FALLS $00 SOPIC 2 HSource Knight PIHoId_(2000),DrOWIYQNo 037-0010 S-E HIGHWAY A'DEFINITIONS 0% ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Project Name.DtMAC,20 053-54 Fgr 46 BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER DmMRH 01 053H5 _Fgr . FACILIIY EIA S N~ILEE E A E.. J Pr.parodf., ~~~~~~_ PEMANENT & TEMPORARY R<05'!l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AES NILE POWER LAND TAKES ( Page 1_of 2) 4-~ ~~~~~~4 * K S -, 2 ' ; 0 0019 Projet Name BUJASALI HYDROPOWER Dae -MARCH, 2001 G0503-57 Figure 4.6 FACILITY EIA-- _ ____ Prepared for PERMANENT & TEMPORARY AES NILE POWER LAND TAKES Page 2 of 2) Bujaguli Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapier 4 The embankment will impound a reservoir with a surface area of some 388 ha at Full Supply Level (FSL) (11 1.5 m), requiring 125 ha of pennanent (consisting of 45 ha of land plus 80 ha that will be inundated by the reservoir) and 113 ha of temporary land acquisition and will provide a live storage of 12.8 million m3. In accordance with the National Environmental Statute No. 4/1995 and its regulations, a 100 m wide strip of land above the highest watermark of a river is deemed to be the riverbank. NEMA has a veto on the land use of this 100 metre wide protection zone. AESNP will acquire land in accordance with the Setting Out Points (SoP) coordinates. These coordinates tend to follow thc 1116 m contour line except where expressly detailed otherwise. Refer to Figure 4.6 for the locations of the SoPs. The following transmission lines and ancillary works will be constructed to evacuate power from the hydropower station and connect it to the UEB system: - A 220 kV / 132 kV switchyard on the west bank- of the Victoria Nile adjacent to the Dumbbell Island hydropower facility; * A 132 kV line south from the Bujagali switchyard to the existing 132 kV line from Owen Falls to Tororo (length - 4.85 kmn), where that line will be severed; * A second 132 kV line extending north from the severed Owen Falls - Tororo line to interconnect with the Bujagali switchyard (length - 4.9 kin); - A new 220 kV transmission line from the Bujagali switchyard to a new substation at Kawanda, north of Kampala (length - 70.44 km). The 220 kV line will run parallel to an existing 132 kV line for 45 kmi; * A new substation and 220/132 kV switching yard at Kawanda; and, * A new 132 kV line from the Kawanda substation to the existing 132 kV substation at Mutundwe in southern Kampala (length - 17.41 km). Internal improvements (e.g. new bay and switching gear) at Mutundwe to accommodate this new 132 kV line will also be required. T he environmental impacts of these transmission lines and associated substations have been the subject of a separate environmental assessment report, which was submitted to NEMA in December 2000 and is currently under review. That report forms part of the EA submission to the WBG. A ES A'ile Po wer 167 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 4.4.2 Hydropower Facilitv Location and Layout The preferred Bujagali hydropower facility site is located on the Nile River, 8 km downstream of the Owen Falls Power Station, and 2.5 km downstream of Bujagali Falls, where the Nile splits into two channels separated by Dumbbell Island (Figure 1.2). The advantages of constructing a dam at this site include: steep banks reducing the inundation landtake area, as well as affording good abutments; a channel wide enough for the possible future addition of peaking units; and, the presence of an island which facilitates construction of cofferdams during temporary works and an overall shorter construction period. The Bujagali hydropower facility will consist of the following features (refer to Figure 1.2): * Intake structure; - Power station, housing 5 x 50 MW turbine generator units combined with upper main flap gates and lower radial gated spillways, services bay and control building; * Main and emergency spillways; - Asphaltic concrete core rockfill embankment, with a maximum height of 30 m; * Abutments; * Outdoor switchyard; * Workshop and stores building; * Emergency generating building; * Water treatment plant; * Fish pass; * Reservoir; * Access roads; * Impoundment; and, * Labour force. The layout comprises an embankment across the downstream end of Dumbbell Island, with the powerhouse and spillway located in the western channel. The river will be diverted through the eastern channel to allow construction of the concrete structures, and then re- A ES Nile Power 168 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilitv EIA CJrapter 4 diverted through the spillway to allow the main embankment to be completed. The total construction time for the development will be in the order of 4 years. Chapter 5 provides details on how the hydropower facility will be constructed, operated and decommissioned. Table 4.4 provides a summary of the hydropower facility's specifications. Details are provided in the following sections. Appendix D.l contains detailed technical drawings of the vanous components of the hydropower facility. Table 4.4: Specifications for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility Description Specification Nile River existing surface area from C/L of 308.0 ha dam to Owen Falls dam (ha) Reservoir area (ha) after inundation (excluding 387.7 ha islands) Storage flows (in hours) 2.75 hours at peak output Live storage volume of impoundment 12.8 Mm3 Live 54.0 Mm3 Gross Impoundment filling time 7 to 10 days (estimate) Impoundment flow rate (m3/s) 63 m3/s - 90 m3/s Energy production at peak output (hrs) 5 hrs (200 MW or 250 MW) Retention time of water in impoundment T 0.5 - 0.7 days Length of shoreline Approximately 28.7 km at FSL and approximately 37.5 km at extreme drawdown FSL 11I1.5m Minimum Operating Level 1109.5 m Energy water head (m) 19.7 m - 21.9 m Firm Energy (GWh) 923 GWhr/yr Min and max flows (100 yr) 95% probability 493 m3/s - 605 m3/s Average Energy (GWh) Min and max flows 1438 GWhr/yr (100 yr) 50% probability 797 m3/s - 937 m3/s Hydrology long term mean outflow range m3/s 660 mi3/s - 1200 m3/s Median flow rate (100 yr data) 870 rn3/s Plant load factor 0.66 (based on Flow of 840 m3/s) LAND DRAWINGS Contour height (m) 1116m where possible Total land take, permanent + temporary (ha) 215.9 ha Permanent land take, not inundated (ha) Total 44.9 ha West bank 25.17 ha East bank 6.67 ha Islands and river D/S 13.06 ha Permanent land take, inundated (ha) Total 80.0 ha Islands 35.28 ha Riverbank 44.72 ha AES Nile Power 169 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 Table 4.4: Specifications for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility Description Specification Temporary land take (ha) Total 113.0 ha West bank 106.1 ha East bank 6.9 ha Area originally identified as borrow area, prior 54.1 ha (on east bank) to asphaltic concrete core being decided upon Area of access roads both temp & permanent 6.9 ha Temporary on East Bank (ha) 1 .1 ha Permanent on West Bank Reservoir Characteristics: Full Supply Level 1 11.5 m Maximum Flood Level 1112.0 m Minimum Operating Level 1109.5 m Gross Storage 54.1 Mm' (El 1111.5 m) Live Storage 12.8 Mm3 (El 1108.0 m) Maximum Tailwater Level 1092.5 m (4500 m3/s) Intake: Type Integral Intake and Power Station Sill Invert Level 1081.5 m Trash Screen Size 2 - 8 m wide x 16 m high. Intake Stoplogs 2 - 8 m wide x 16 m high 5 -. module stoplogs Power Station: Location On surface in left channel around Dumbbell Island Total Installed Capacity 250 MW (200 MW Implementation Phase ]) Finn Energy Varies - 1104 GWh/yr max, 876 GWh/yr min. Average Energy 1438 GWh/yr Number of Turbines and Type 5, Vertical Axis Kaplan Head Loss through Waterways 0.5 m Maximum Discharge 1350 m3/s approx. Loading Bay Floor Level 1090.5 m Draft Tube Emergency Gate Size 2 - each 8 m wide x 6 m high approx. Tailwater Level at Station Output (250 MW) 1089.5 m approx. Turbines: Reservoir level 113 m at 23.45 m gross head 56 MW output Reservoir level 1111.5 m Output at 19.76 m gross head 44.5 MW Discharge at 19.76 m gross head 256 m3/s Output at 21.95 m gross head 54 MW Discharge at 21.95 m gross head 280 m3/s Generators: Maximum Output 62 MVA (Power factor 0.85) Transformer Type Oil Immersed with an, On Load Tap Changer (10%) AES Nile Power 170 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Faciity EIA C1'apter 4 Table 4.4: Specifications for the Bujagali Hydropower Facility Description Specification Spillway: Type Gated Concrete Chute and Low Level Outlets Maximum Discharge - Total 4500 m3/s Maximum Discharge - Flap Gates 1500 m3/s Radial gates 3000 m'/s Crest Level/Clear Waterway Length/Height 1106.5 m/80/6 mn (concrete chute only) Sill Level/Clear Width/Height 1081.5 m/24 m/8.2 m (low level outlets only) Number of Gates/Type 10 Flaps, 2 Radial Size of Gates Flap Gates: 8 m wide x 6 m high approx Radial Gates: 12 m wide x 8.5 m high approx Dam Type Asphaltic concrete core rockfill dam Height (estimated maximum) 30 m Crest l evel/Length 1114.5 m/400 m approx Extreme Drawdown Level 1106.5 m Bujagali Sub Station: Voltage 220 kV and 132 kV Type Outdoor Open Terminal, Double Busbar, Single Circuit Breaker Source: Knight Pitsold, 1998 and 1998b, vipdaed 2000. 4.4.3 Power Station The power station is designed as an integrated structure, combining: a flap gate, open chute spillway in its upper part; the power intake structure in its lower upstream part; and, the open- air powerhouse in its lower downstream part. (Refer to Appendix D. 1, Figures D. 1 to D.5). The structure comprises five unit bays, each with one power intake and two flap gates. On the eastern side, the structure is placed against the separate low-level outlet spillway structure. On its western side, the structure extends into a concrete structure that combines a gravity-type retaining wall (which will accommodate storage space for the power intake stoplogs) in its upstream part, and the powerhouse service bay in its downstream part. The integrated power station structure was analysed with respect to its stability. Results of the analysis are included in Appendix D.2. All structures will adhere to relevant international standards with respect to loading cases, environmental requirements and structural safety. AES Nile Power 171 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 4.4.3.1 Power Station Intake Structure The power station intake structure will formn the lower upstream part of the integrated power station structure. Water will enter through five separate intakes, with each intake having a double entrance protected by trash screens. The central pier dividing each entrance will simultaneously provide support to the ceiling of the upstream water conduit and the trash rack support beams. The power intake front will be inclined to facilitate any required raking operations. Downstream of the intakes, the double waterway passages will combine into single sections leading to the turbine inlets. Stoplogs will enable each intake to be isolated for dewatering and maintenance. The power intakes will be capable of operating between Maximum Flood Level (MFL) of 1,112.0 m and Minimum Operating Level (MOI) of 1,109.5 m. At its inlet section, each power intake will be sized so as not to exceed the specified maximum permissible intake flow velocity as determined by the Agreed Curve. The intake flow section has been designed to: avoid undue vibrations of the trash racks; reduce the tendency for vortex formation in front of the power intakes; reduce the rate and particle size of bedload material drawn into the power intakes; and, limit hydraulic losses at the intakes. Each intake structure can be closed upstream of the power intake trash racks during project implementation, as well as for maintenance and repair purposes. Two sets of operational stoplogs will be provided for temporary closing of the intakes for maintenance. One set of stoplogs will be provided for the semi-permanent closing of Unit 5, if the option to install the fifth turbine is not exercised. The stoplogs will be stored in storage spaces within the integrated concrete structure. A gantry crane and a grappling beam, used to handle the stoplogs, will be stored in the storage space. Two raking machines will be provided to clean the trash racks during operation. Each raking machine will be capable of reaching any of the ten power intake openings. Raked materials will be collected in a trash wagon for later disposal. The runways of both the power intake gantry crane and the raking machines will extend across the entire length of the power station and the service bay extension. The runway of the raking machines will further extend over the low-level spillway structure to allow parking of one trash rake on this structure. AES Nile Power 172 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 4.4.3.2 Powerhouse The powerhouse will form the lower downstream part of the combined power station structure, and will consist of a total of five unit bays, with unit bay number 1 locatcd at the western end of the powerhouse and unit bay number 5 at the eastern end. Consistent with the PPA, four unit bays (numbers I to 4) will be completed, with optional completion of the fifth bay dependent upon final agreement with UEB. Electro-mechanical generating equipment will be installed in unit bay numbers 1 to 4. A separation wall with door will be erected at the end of unit bay number 4. This separation wall will prevent unauthorised access from the machine hall to unit bay number 5 but will allow the main powerhouse cranes to pass over the wall. If UEB decides to exercise the option to make unit bay number 5 operational, civil works within unit bay number 5 will be completed to their final stage, electro-mechanical generating equipment will be installed and no separation wall will be erected at the end of unit bay number 4. The powerhouse machine hall will be arrang,ed in the centre part of the structure. The machine hall will house the unit generators. The turbine spiral cases and draft tubes will be housed on lower levels. Various galleries will be located up- and downstream from the machine hall. These galleries will serve to: accommodate the cooling water treatment and distribution; low voltage (LV) distribution and relay equipment; and, allow interconnections between the unit bays and the service bay. The unit step-up transformers and circuit breakers will be arranged in a gallery immediately parallel to, and downstream of, the machine hall. Transformers and circuit breakers will be installed in separate bays in an alternating arrangement, with a transformer and a circuit breaker placed adjacent to each generator. Each transformer can be pulled out from its bay into the connecting gallery, and from there transported along the gallery to the service bay access platform. Within the gallery, special fire protection facilities will be installed. The 220 kV cable conductors connecting the step-up transformers to the switchyard will be arranged in a separate cable gallery running parallel to the transforner gallery. The cable gallery will extend across the service bay to the retaining wall that separates the power station from the rock fill dam on the left abutment. From this point the cables will go to the top of AeESNile Power 173 AlWarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 the dam through a cable shaft, and continue onwards to the switchyard in cable ducts running along the dam. The cable ducts will cross the dam access road before entering the switchvard. Cables from each unit bay will be located in separate compartments. The control and signal cables will be divided between two further compartments. The 11 kV cables will share the same compartment as the power cables for Unit Bay 5. The power generation discharge will be returned to a common tailbay excavated in the original riverbed on the downstream site of the power station. Each draft tube will feature a centre pier starting behind the draft tube elbow and continuing to the downstream face of the powerhouse structure. Two draft tube roller gates will be installed at the draft tube of each operational unit. These gates will allow closure of a draft tube under balanced and unbalanced hydraulic conditions. If Unit Bay 5 is not completed to an operational level, a permanent wall will be erected in the draft tube of Unit 5. Further downstream and directly in the draft tube exit plane, stoplog slots will extend up to an outdoor platform situated above the design flood tailwater elevation. Stoplogs can be lowered via the slots under balanced hydraulic conditions into the draft tube exit sections for closure of the draft tubes. For maintenance and repair operations, monorail cranes will be located above the draft tube roller gate housings and the draft tube stoplog slots. The crane rails will continue across all housings and slots, and extend a further 5 m into the service bay platform where loads can be picked up or placed. 4.4.3.3 Powerhouse Service Bay The service bay will be constructed at the western end of the powerhouse by the left abutment. Transport equipment will be able to unload heavy equipment parts within the service bay. There will also be lay-down areas for the assembly of electro-mechanical equipment during project implementation and for equipment maintenance and repair. Office facilities and plant equipment (e.g., battery room, air conditioning and ventilation equipment, medium and low voltage installations) will be located adjacent to the westem end wall ol the service bay, on its uppermost and lower floors. The main access door will be sized to allow trailers with heavy equipment and the largest of plant items to enter the service bay from the outdoor access platform at machine hall level. A ES Vile Power 174 Marclh, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EJA Chapter 4 The unloading area inside the service bay will be within reach of the powerhouse main cranes, facilitating the unloading of equipment parts. There will be a separate access door for personnel and visitors adjacent to the service bay main access gate. A reception area immediately inside the access door ensures that power station personnel can control access. The control room is located one floor above the machine hall level. This room will: accommodate the centralised control equipment; allow visual control via an indoor window overlooking the machine hall floor (since the window is sited below main crane level, the main cranes will not obstruct the view of the machine hall); and, allow visual control of the service bay access platform through a second indoor window. An elevator and a staircase will connect the various service bay levels and will provide access to the service bay from the rooftop (i.e. dam crest level), with a second reception area controlling this access. There will be a fire exit from the office floor level to the service bay rooftop. Access stairs will be provided to all levels of the powerhouse. All stairs and closed spaces will be suitably ventilated. On the service bay outdoor platformn located downstream from the service bay, an emergency diesel set will be located in a secured compartment. In addition, there will be lay-down areas within the hook approaches of the draft tube roller gate and stoplog monorail cranes. The outdoor platform will also provide space for vehicle parking. 4.4.3.4 Workshop and Stores A separate building accommodating the workshop and stores will be located on the westem bank, downstream of the dam (Figure D.6 in Appendix D. 1). This building will combine the central workshop, a tool shop, stores facilities and a flammable materials store in a single structure. It also incorporates showers, toilets, locker room and mess facilities for ten people. The building will be a concrete frame structurc founded on strip and block foundations. All rooms except the flammable materials store will have windows facing outside. The workshop will be equipped with a large secure bay door suitable for truck access, with an overhead crane capable of travelling the entire length of the workshop. The tool shop and the stores area will be directly accessible from the workshop, while a corridor will lead from the AES Aile Power 175 Mfarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 workshop to the mess and office rooms, and shower, toilet and locker room facilities. The building will feature one personnel door adjacent to the truck access door, and a second personnel door at the end of the corridor, next to the office rooms. The flammable materials store will be integrated in the building as a fireproof concrete cell. The only access to this storeroom will be provided from outside the building through a double wing door. Emergency Generator Building An emergency generator will be placed in a separate building, immediately downstrearn of the powerhouse services bay. 4.4.4 Main and Emergency Spillways 4.4.4.1 Spillway Design The gated, concrete chute spillway with low-level outlets is designed to discharge the maximum flood of 4,500 m3/s at the Full Supply Level (FSL) of 1,111.5 m. The selected design incorporates ten flap-gates in an overflow chute on top of the powerhouse and two lifting radial gates in a separate concrete structure adjacent to the powerhouse. During operation at 1,111.5 m FSL, the flap-gates on the roof of the powerhouse will have a combined discharge capacity of 1,500m31s, and the radial gates a combined discharge capacity of 3,000 m3/s. The emergency spillway will discharge into the eastern channel of the river some 200 m downstream of the embankment. The flap gates will be used for normal flood conditions, simultaneously allowing floating debris to pass freely. A sufficient number of flap gates will always be maintained in the raised position to substitute for the current turbine discharge. In this manner, the spillway discharge can be immediately increased to compensate for unit tripping. In an emergency, the flap gates will be able to release flow by falling automatically without mechanical operation. The flap gates are designed to have 0.5 m freeboard when fully raised, allowing for wave surges. In high and extreme flood conditions, when water flow exceeds 1,720 m3/s, the low-level radial gate spillway will be used in addition to the flap gates. The exposed excavated rock AES Nile Power 176 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 and slope protection works downstream of the radial gate spillway have been designed to withstand such operations. The maximum reservoir level associated with the main flap gated and radial gated spillways is 1,112 m MSL. A dedicated diesel generator for the spillway gates will be located adjacent to the flap gates in case of disruption to the grid supply. 4.4.4.2 Structure of Radial Gates Radial gates will be placed in two of the three bottom outlet chutes between the powerhouse and the rock fill dam (Figure D.7 in Appendix D.1). The retaining wall for the dam will also constitute one sidewall for the gate structure. The end wall of the powerhouse constitutes the boundary and side of the temporary chute. Thcrc will be dividing pillars/walls between the three chutes. Stability of the spillway structure was calculated for three load cases: nonnal, exceptional and extreme loading. Details are included in Appendix D.2. An access bridge will be built across the spillway chutes in direct continuation of the transformer gallery, or the draft tube stoplog gallery, whichever is found most suitable. The monorail crane over the draft tube stoplogs will be continued over the spillway chutes and used for stoplog operations. The road bridge crossing the top of the spillway is designed to accommodate a road 7.5 m wide, a pedestrian lane of 1.5 m width and the overhead gantry crane. 4.4.4.3 Flap Gated Open Chute Spillway The flap gated open chute spillway will forn the upper part of the integrated power station structure and will comprise ten spillway bays separated by piers (Figure D.8 in Appendix D. 1). The spillway piers will be located above the piers dividing the power intake openings and will have the same inclination as the power intakes in order to provide a straight guide for the power intake stoplogs. The piers will be of altemating lengths and thicknesses. Thin and long piers will support the beam for the downstream rail of the power intake gantry crane and the bridge structure crossing the chute spillway. Thicker but shorter piers will house the AES A'ile Power 177 M1arch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 drives for the flap gates and provide additional support for the trash rake runway and upstream rail of the gantry crane. The flap gates are designated "the main spillway" for operational and environmental reasons during normal and high flows, and will be used regularly. The surface flap gates are ideal for fine regulation of water level and spillage flows, as the overtopping flow is not very sensitive to gate movements. Environmentally it is preferable to release surface water downstream rather than water from the very bottom of the reservoir, largely because it prevents water weed accumnulation. The flap gated chute spillway will provide a spilling capacity of 150 m3/s for each bay of the spillway system, for a total capacity of 1,500 m3/s at Full Supply Level of 1,111.50 m. The flap gates will provide additional freeboard to allow for minor reservoir level adjustments, and will feature an automatic release mechanism, which will achieve automatic opening of flaps once a pre-set reservoir surcharge has been reached. Full automatic release capacity shall be reached at a headpond surcharge level not exceeding Maximum Flood Level (MFL) of 1,1 12.0. In addition to opening automatically, the flap gates can be operated manually from either the power station control room or local control boards. Partial opening of gates will be possible under all operating modes, allowing surface floating debris to be flushed into the chutes and from there into the powerhouse tailbay. The positions of all flap gates will be displayed on control devices in the control room. The reservoir area upstream of the chute spillway approach will be equipped with floating markers and prominent warning signs to warn lake craft not to proceed towards the structure. Any opening of flap gates will automatically trigger an audible warning to indicate that spillway discharge is about to commence. Each bay can be closed for maintenance purposes by inserting stoplogs in the stoplog slots upstream from the flap gates. Alternatively, inserting a bulkhead gate in the same slots can also close a spillway bay. This bulkhead gate will be designed so that it can be lowered in the slot under unbalanced hydraulic conditions and hence close a spillway bay if a flap gate fails to close. Because of the flow conditions on the chute and the pier lengths, a closure on the downstream side is not required during maintenance. An interceptor drain immediately downstream of the flap gates may be installed in order to prevent wetting of the powerhouse roof and water dribbling off of the downstream end. AES Nile Power 178 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 The bridge crossing the chute spillway is designed with a total net width of 9.0 m. It will be suitable to accommodate a future 2-lane public highway, with a carriageway width of 7.5 m and a 1.5 m wide pedestrian walkway, which will be located on the upstream side. 4.4.5 Asphalt Concrete Core Rockfill Embankment The dam across the Nile River has been designed with a crest elevation of 1,114.5 m MSL, assuming a Maximum Flood Level (MFL) of 1,112.0 m and a Full Supply Level (FSL) of 1,1 1 1.5 m. The latter elevation will allow for a flood discharge of 4,500 m3/s. The height of the dam will be 30 m. The dam axis in general follows the top of an east-west oriented ridge of Precambrian amphibolite, which is more resistant to weathering than the surrounding ground. Bedrock outcrops or a thin (generally <2 m) overlay of weathered rock, residual soil or alluvial soil (in riverbeds) dominate on Dumbbell Island and across the beds of the river's two channels. At both abutments, the riverbanks rise 20 to 30 m above the riverbed. The ground consists of clayey residual soil overlaying weathered rock. Fresh bedrock is located approximately at river level, or slightly lower. Both abutments will therefore be founded partly on weathered rock and partly on soil. The embankment side slopes will be flattened to 1:3 and a seepage cut off will be provided by a combination of vertical diaphragms and upstream blankets. From the perspective of foundation conditions, the dam consists of three different sections: • Central section: from the powerhouse/spillway across Dumbbell Island and the right (east) river channel; * Right (eastern) section: east bank of the river; and, * Left (western) abutment section: from the powerhouse complex extending west. An asphaltic concrete core dam is the preferred dam type. The asphalt core rockfill dam consists of a rockfill embankment and processed rock with a vertical asphaltic concrete core. The inclination of the up- and downstream embankment slopes is 1:1.75 and 1:1.65 respectively when founded on rock and 1:3.0 when founded on overburden. The asphalt core consists of bitumen, aggregates and filler, and an adhesion agent (mastic) to ensure bonding to the concrete plinth. The asphaltic concrete consists of: * Bitumen: 18-25% (according to ASTM D5-73 specification); AES Nile Power 179 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilit EIA Chapter 4 * Filler: 10-14% (consists of fines from the aggregate plant, crushed limestone or other material approved by the AESNP Construction Manager); and, * Aggregates: 61-72% (processed from fresh amphibolite consisting of 0.4 mm well-graded particles). A rockfill embankment protects the asphalt core. A layer of riprap will protect the upstream face of the embankment against wave action. The downstream face will incorporate berms with drains. The foundation of the asphaltic concrete core will be on a bolted concrete plinth on bedrock if available within reasonable depth. However, the core is sufficiently flexible to be founded on residual soils without risk of harmful deformation. Therefore, in sections where depth to bedrock is great, permneable soil or weathered rock below the core foundation level will be treated by cut-off structures or grouting2. The rockfill and the flexibility of the asphaltic core will be able to absorb any possible differential settlements, which will be small. The embankment crest (10 m wide) will have a sealed surface 9 m wide, consisting of a 7.5 m wide roadway and a 1.5 m wide pedestrian lane. 4.4.5.1 Foundation Methodology Detailed information on the foundation of the asphaltic concrete core dam is included in Appendix D.3. 4.4.5.2 Dam Stability The dam is designed to meet the following criteria: Steady state: To include seepage, deformnation and stress analysis. Minimum factor of safety F>1.5, where F = Factor of Safety. Rapid drawdown: To ensure the satisfactory performance of the dam and foundation following rapid lowering of the upstream or downstream water level. Minimum factor of safety F>1.25. AES Nile Power 180 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 Earthquake: To investigate the satisfactory perforrnance of the dam and foundation during peak combined horizontal and vertical ground motions resulting from seismic events. For preliminary stability calculations, earthquake coefficients of 0.15g and 0.1Og for horizontal and vertical accelerations have been used respectively. These values will be reviewed in the final design. Minimum factor of safety F>l.1 has been calculated. (The dam is allowed to be damaged but must not experience failure). End of construction: To ensure satisfacto'ry performance of embankment sections of the dam with no external water loads and no dissipation of construction-induced pore pressures. Minimum factor of safety has been calculated to F>1.3. Stability analyses conducted of the embankment dam showed sufficient factors of safety for all load cases. Additional modeling will be undertaken prior to construction of the hydropower facility within the boundaries shown in Figure D.9 (refer to Appendix D.2). 4.4.6 Tailrace and Downstream River Bed The tailrace canalisation will be excavated down to 1.067 m MSL at the outlet of the draft tubes. Further downstream, the rock will be excavated on a slope to 1,083.5 m MSL, approximately 70 m downstream of the draft tubes, and continue at this level as far as the location of the (temporary) cofferdam. 4.4.7 Abutments Abutments for the dam are required on the left and right banks. Both abutments will be based on the same design as the dam and use an asphalt core. 4.4.8 Switchyard A 220/132 kV outdoor switchyard will provide the means by which the power station exports its power from the Bujagali hydroelectric facility to the Ugandan national grid. The switchyard will be located on the left (west) bank, adjacent to the powerhouse and immediately upstream of the main access road. This position provides minimum interference with populated areas and other structures, offers the shortest possible power cable conduit, 2 Grouting involves drilling of holes in the rock to approximately 10 m depth and injecting cement grout, which fills fissures in the rock and renders it impermeable. A FS Nile Po'wer 181 Alarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 and situates the outgoing lines in optimal position. Due to the sloping ground surface, the western end of the switchyard (furthest from the river) will be cut down into the ground, minimizing its visual impact. The switchyard is connected to the powerhouse by a concrete cable duct running along the rockfill dam, and crossing under the access road. The cable duct will be sectioned so that the cables from one unit occupy one section. It will also be designed to hold signal cables and other service functions. A control and relay equipment building will be located within the fenced boundary of the Bujagali switchyard. 4.4.9 Fish Passageway In the "Conditions of Approval" issued by NEMA and dated 01.11.99, item 6, it is stated that AES Nile Power shall fulfil the following obligation: "Ensure integration in the dam design and construction of a fish passageway in order that the dam to be constructed will not adversely affect movement and passage of any migratory fish species in the river." If it is deemed necessary by NEMA for a fish pass to be constructed to allow movement of migratory fish, a fish pass will be constructed within the power station. The fish pass will be constructed within the temporary diversion channel, between the power station bay and the radial gate bay, during the Stage 2 works. Due to the innovative design required to facilitate the passage of fish over a 22 m head, further studies are required. AESNP and NEMA will undertake post-construction studies once approval for the project has been received. The effectiveness of the fish passage will be monitored and documented, as stipulated in Section 7.3. 4.4.10 Access Roads Implementation of the project will require construction of about 6.7 km of new roads and tracks as shown in Figure 1.2. A new road will be required on the west bank in order to transport heavy construction and project equipment to the project area. The new road will branch off the Jinja to Kayunga state highway, about 8 km north of Owen Falls and run for approximately 700 m through the project site. Similarly, a new road will be required to provide temporary access to the site from the east bank. This road will be gravelled. Upon completion of construction, the road will be returned to its previous natural state, unless local residents prefer that the road remain in place. During construction, the west bank AES Nile Power 182 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hvdropower Faciiqv EL4 Chapter 4 road will be gravelled. Upon completion of construction, the west bank road will be refurbished and then asphalted. A paved parking area, large enough to accommodate a minimum of 12 vehicles, will bc sited close to the power station entrance. This parking area will also serve as a turning point for large transport trailers. Secondary paved or unpaved parking areas will be located: on top of the dam; and, between the road, power station and the switchyard embankment. There will be a permanent sealed road across the top of the embankment, 7.5 m wide, with a 1.5 m wide pedestrian lane on one side. This road may become a permanent, public access road if the GoU agrees to assume responsibility for the road upon completion of coiistruction. Access to the project site will be controlled via gates at either side of the river, with the left bank being the major access. 4.4.11 Impoundment The Full Supply Level (FSL) of the reservoir impounded by the Bujagali embankment will be 1,11 1 .5 m MSL, the level of the Owen Falls dam tail water. This arrangement will command a gross head of 22 m and a corrcsponding installed capacity of 250 MW. Details for the new impoundment are presented in Figure 4.6. Co-ordinates for the Setting-Out Points (SOPs) that delineate land acquisition requirements are provided in Tables 4.5 and 4.6 below. AES Vile Power 183 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 WEST BANK SOP. CO-ORDINATES SOP EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING 1 514799.2 56201.5 35 516102.2 54299.2 45h 516872.3 53381.1 50a 517527.9 52826.6 2 514641.0 56033.0 36 516123.7 54310.3 46a 516919.7 53353.1 50b 517581.6 52806.9 3 514631.2 56005.8 37 516186.4 54316.2 46b 516926.8 53247.6 50c 517597.5 52791.4 4 514791.2 55586.2 38 516237.6 54311.4 46c 516938.8 53225.7 50d 517606.7 52770.6 5 514577.3 55510.5 39 516318.3 54318.0 46d 516950.0 53221.1 50e 517608.0 52752.7 6 514448.6 55426.1 40 516341.6 54396.0 46e 516946.6 53195.3 50f 517616.4 52722.6 7 514509.0 55317.1 41 516384.2 54154.0 46f 516982.3 53153.9 50g 517636.7 52679.7 8 514328.7 55191.3 |42a 516680.7 53591.4 469 517060.6 53131.2 50h 517645.2 52655.7 9 514344.5 55166.0 42b 516680.6 53544.7 46h 517072.1 53116.0 501 517637.0 52631.0 10 514518.1 55287.1 42c 516666.9 53520.2 47a 517088.2 53110.3 B 517658.5 52635.6 514605.7 54925.7 42d 516624.0 53489.4 47b 517116.2 53115.7 300 514631.0 55391.5 12 514670.3 54813.7 42e 516605.1 53440.9 47c 517137.1 53104.1 301 514610.2 55491.2 514834.6 54891.2 42f 516597.6 53420.3 47d 517156.1 53098.4 302 514952.5 55646.0 515114.0 54920.6 43a 516619.4 53473.6 47e 517190.6 53100.3 303 515208.8 55700.0 515140.9 54826.7 43b 516668.6 53505.3 47f 517224.4 53083.6 307 515294.0 55079.0 515179.2 54832.2 43c 516708.9 53572.2 479 517244.6 53083.6 308 514688.0 55103.0 17 515225.5 54842.0 43d 516734.4 53565.4 47h 517255.4 53056.7 309 514638.0 55356.0 515266.9 54855.4 43e 516751.7 53573.6 48a 517196.8 53014.1 19 515273.6 54830.0 43f 516758.0 53595.0 48b 517185.6 53001.6 20_ 515310.3 54739.3 44a 516814.1 53667.1 48c 517191.9 52973.7 21 515323.0 54681.4 44b 516836.0 53696.5 48d 517226.2 52958.5 22 515340.0 54624.0 44c 516859.0 53696.1 48e 517288.1 52971.0 23 515424.4 54644.7 44d 516885.6 53717.6 48f 517301.7 52971.2 24 515505.1 54489.4 44e 516887.3 53745.8 48g_ 517313.6 52966.8 25 515657.0 54384.1 44f 516904.1 53724.7 48h 517348.4 52972.4 2£L_ 515724.7 54352.4 44g 516901.1 53698.1 49a 517374.3 52984.3 27 515841.6 54372.6 44h 516858.2 53660.6 49b 517393.4 53016.6 515873.0 54363.5 45a 516843.8 53619.0 49c 517403.4 53017.0 9_ 515916.7 54343.9 45b 516827.3 53593,6 49d 517415.8 52992.7 30 515961.8 54299.3 45c 516811.8 53539.2 49e 517448.2 52976.4 31 516018.0 54286.5 45d 516820.5 53504.3 49f 517465.1 52951.5 516050.9 54270.0 45e 516819.0 53482.1 49g 517469,1 52924.7 33 516076.1 54223.9 45f 516839.1 53424.2 49h 517510.3 52888.7 ___34_516085.0 54260.7 459 516863.3 53409.9 AES Nile Power Pft P=h, 2001 Bujagaliiwc hlydropower Facility EIA Chapter 4 EAST BANK SOP. CO-ORDINATES SOP EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING S EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING SOP EASTING NORTHING A 517740.1 53655.5 54a 578. 5465.9 57b 5161. 41457 1797.2 55350.4 99 51t5564.8 55505.6 51~~~~~~~~~~~_1706 4 1278 58457 51 517700.9 53667.5 54b 517067-3 54376.7 57c 516200.2 54821.8 7 st58618.7 55289.B 304 StS591.8 55470.2 51a 517664.7 53701.7 54c 516956.3 54396.0 57d 516182.8 54844.6 76 518621.9 55280.3 305 515875.0 55458.3 Sib 517535.9 53651.8 54d 516941.2 543B8.7 57e 1202.3 54997.7 77 51 B363,1 55197.3 306 516029.3 55224.3 Slc 517454.0 53709.7 54e 516926.1 54402.4 57f 517627.6 55023.2 7A 518359.5 55207.3 Std 517419.6 53732.1 541 5168976 54450.5 57q 516236,6 55044.9 79 516093.6 55159.8 51e 517396,1 53758.9 54g 516854 4 54490.1 57h 516270.9 S5055.1 R 516095.3 55150.0 51f 517360.2 53775.5 54h 516824.3 54496.3 57j 516288.7 55070.7 517733.5 55091.3 51 517332.0 53798.6 5Sa 516792.6 54534.8 57k 516308.4 55077.2 517731.9 55101.2 51h 517304.6 53831.7 55b 516743.2 54552.6 58 516316.1 55045.6 .. 517662.4 55100.8 517297.5 53846.9 55c 516697.8 54578.5 59 516914.1 55135.1 84 517625.9 55127.3 52b 517266.2 53869.7 55 516680 6 54609.1 60 516973.8 55255.3 517620.3 55118.6 52c 517221.6 53954.6 SSe. 516658.7 54619.5 61 517027.0 55245.2 517492.0 55202.5 52d 517213.5 53977.8 55 516661.3 54669.6 62 517163.2 55231.2 j, 517076.9 55276.5 52e 517202,2 53991.2 SSg 516642.9 54695,1 63 516363.1 55197.3 RS 517078.7 55286.3 _52f 517181.5 54010.0 SSh 516625.6 54724.6 64 517375.5 55174.7 89 516996.6 55301.9 52q 517175.4 54031.0 56a 516592.9 54743.1 65 517489.6 55169.0 90 517053.9 55415.4 52h 517176.5 54044.0 56b 516556.3 54769.3 66 517683.9 55052.9 .t 516943.3 55497.1 53a 517167.5 54067.6 56c 516502.3 54785.6 67 518100.6 55120.3 . 92 516814,4 55307.8 53b 517144.6 54094.1 56d 616474.4 54722.4 68 516102.3 55110.5 93 516562.9 55291.0 53c 517138.9 54121.1 56e 516467.8 54700.8 69 510376.3 55161.5 94 516563.5 55281.1 53d 517112.9 54157.8 56f 5164289 54704.8 70 516373.6 55168.9 95 . 516397.9 55357.7 53e 517079.9 54210.7 56g 516385.8 54762.7 71 518631.5 55251.9 96 516216.1 55466.0 53f 517361.4 54250.4 56h 516325.3 54785.2 72 510634.7 55242.4 97 51604.5 55609.9 533 517067.9 54300.6 [57 516256,9 54805.1 73 518791.3 55205.1 516114.2 55705.4 53h 5179.6 54331.8 AES Nile Power 185 March, 2001 BujagaIi Hydropower Project EIA Chapter 4 With this arrangement, Dumbbell Island, the rapids in the vicinity of the island, Bujagali Falls and most of the small islands upstream to the Owen Falls dam will be inundated. The higher elevations of a number of the larger islands upstream of Dumbbell Island (namely those at Bujagali Falls) will be preserved within the reservoir. The islands within the area to be inundated total 48.34 ha. Of the 48.34 ha, 13.06 ha will not be flooded and will form smaller islands than at present. The area of inundation will largely be confined within the banks of the present Nile channel, and will amount to 388 ha, excluding islands. This represents an increase of 80 ha over the current 308 ha river surface area between the proposed Bujagali dam and the Owen Falls dam. In addition to 35.28 ha of islands that will be inundated, 44.72 ha along the riverbank will be inundated. The impoundment will have a relatively small live storage volume of 12.8 million mn3 at 1,108.0 m MSL, which is sufficient for 2.75 hours of energy production at peak output. Ciross storage volume will be 54.0 million m3. The retention time of water in the impoundment will be limited to 0.5 to 0.7 days, largely depending on the installed capacity and the operating arrangements for the conjunctive use of Owen Falls and Bujagali power stations. Detailed procedures are anticipated to manage the dispatch of the Owen Falls, Owen Falls Extension and Bujagali projects to meet system demands. The procedures are expected to include the potential hydraulic constraints in the river uupstream near Ripon Falls and the operation of the small Bujagali reservoir storage. Project dispatch rules are expected to be developed by UEB to allow for the optimal use of the three power stations, as it would not be appropriate to operate the Owen Falls, Owen Falls Extension plants in isolation from the Buj agali project. Additional work is anticipated in order to develop the dispatch procedures for the projects. Preparation of plant dispatch tools is understood to be the responsibility of UEB and should not impose unusual risks on AESNP. Energy losses due to wastage of water due to operating inefficiency will not affect the revenue to AESNP and should not affect UEB until the system demand grows closer to the theoretical capability of the generating facilities. 4.4.12 Security, Fences and Gate Houses A security perimeter fence will be installed along both embankments, securing the project site (refer to Figure 4.6). Internal fences will be installed around separate sensitive structures, such as the switchyard, water intake, water treatment works, etc. The fencing will be a chain A ES Aile Power 186 March, 2001 Bujagali Hydropower Project EIA Chapter 4 link fence topped with three strands of barbed wire. The fence will be 2.3 metres high above ground level, with concrete posts spaced at 3 m. The chain link will be 50 mm mesh of ten and a half gauge galvanized wire. Line wires and barbed wire will be galvanized. Gates and gatepost will match the fence and have galvanized frames. The main access road will have a boom to control road traffic, as well as a gatehouse. There will be a pedestrian gate at least 1.1. m wide, between matching gate posts. On the east bank, the security fence will have a double gate 6 m wide in order that the temporary access road leading from the Jinja-Ivunamba Road can be closed off as required. Security lighting will be provided at structures such as the power station entrance, the dam crest, svitchyard, other major structures and parking areas. 4.4.13 Labour Force and Accommodation A water treatment plant will be located on the west bank, irnmediately upstream of the switchyard. The treatment plant will provide water to World Health Organisation (WHO) drinking water standards and will be fully automated. Details are provided in Chapter 5. A sewage disposal system will treat sewage arising from the project. The system will be located downstream of the workshop area on the west bank. Details are provided in Chapter 5. Solid waste management and hazardous materials management are discussed in detail in Section 7.3. During the operational phase, approximately 29 full time staff will be required on site. Accommodation for skilled and unskilled workers will be in Jinja, with the workers bussed to the site. AES Nile Power 187 March, 2001 Bujagali Hydropower Project EJA Chapter 4 This page is intentionally blank. AES Nile Power 188 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility E1A Chapter 5 5. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES 5.1 Life Cycle Overview Implementation of the Bujagali hydropower facility will include several components and project activities, such as: * The purchase and transportation of construction materials; * Temporary works, such as coffer dams, quarries, borrow area and haul roads; * The activities required to construct and commission the hydropower facility; * The permanent physical structure of the hydropower facility, including the dam and power station, ancillary buildings and the substation; * The labour force, its accommodation and welfare; * The activities and effects of operating and maintaining the hydropower facility; and, * Potential activities during the decommissioning phase. These specific facility characteristics and their associated activities result in the potential for environmental and social impacts during the planning and acquisition, construction, operation and maintenance stages of the project life cycle. Experience and understanding of how these project characteristics affect the biological, physical, and socio-economic environments form the basis for the prediction and assessment of the potential impacts of the project. A life cycle analysis identifies the major issues and concerns that are likely to evolve over the life of a project. For a power generation project, these issues are location and design, construction, operation, maintenance, and decommissioning. These issues have been considered during the EIA prior to any irreversible actions being undertaken by AESNP, its contractors, and other project associates. The following sections identify the key activities to be completed and facilities to be constructed and operated over the lifetime of this project. The selected Construction Contractor for the hydropower facility is the Bujagali EPC Consortium (BEC). The structure of the consortium is outlined below in Figure 5.1. AES Nile Power 189 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Figure 5.1: Organogram of Bujagali EPC Consortium (BEC) Structure of Bujagali EPC Consortium (BEC) BEC BUJAGALI CONSTRUCTION CONSORTIUM BUJAGALI SUPPLY CONSORTIUM Veidekke (Norway)'/ Alstom Power (Switzerland) Ltd* Skanska (Sweden) (J/V), ABB Distribusjon AS (Norway) ABB (Kenya), Alstom (Norway), GE (Canada) GE Energy (Norway) AS CIVIL DESIGN Lahmeyer International (Germany)*1 Norplan (Norway) (J/V) TRANSMISSION SYSTEM To be appointed 'consortium or Joint Venture leader BEC will be responsible for engineering, procurement and construction of both the hydropower and the transmission system components of the Bujagali project. 5.2 Hydro Dam Construction 5.2.1 General The site of the hydropower facility is located at Dumbbell Island, near the source of the Victoria Nile in Uganda (Figure 1.1). The project will initially comprise a 200 MW power station housing 4 x 50 MW Kaplan turbine generation units with associated dam (maximum height of 30 m) and spillway works. An additional generator bay will be constructed, to provide the option of installing a fifth turbine unit at a later date, which will bring the hydropower facility's capacity to 250 MW. Figure 5.2 details the proposed layout of the temporary works and should be used as the construction reference for this section. The construction process can be broken down into a number of distinct components, as follows. Note that the months specified are in relation to the Commencement Date as defined by the EPC contract. This date is dependent on the date of financial approval of the project AES Vile Power 190 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 by the Government of Uganda and the various lenders. For the purposes of this EIA, it is assumed to be 1 July 2001. * Mobilisation: MI to M9 * Engineering, Procurement and Transportation * Works to set up the diversions: M4 to M6 (Stage 1 diversion) and M32 to M33 (Stage 2 diversion) * Power station construction: MI to M42 (assuming only 4 generating units constructed) * Spillway construction: MI I to M32 * Tailwater excavation: M1 3 to Ml 8 * Dam construction: M12 to M41 * Switchyard construction: M7 to M34 * Transmission line construction: Ml to M39 (covered by separate EIS report) * Commissioning: M42 to M48 A summarv program for the various components and main subcomponents of the construction process is provided in Figure 5.3. AES Nile Power 191 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 This page is intentionally left blank. AES Nile Power 192 March, 200I LEGEND: Roads, temporcry roods '711500 000 &0- 00-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~010 0030 0 00 N~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~, ssU- -=ii 000i C-te Source BEC (und _t_ _ t @ BU~~~~~rJecNWAGAII HYDRjOPOWE Date MARCH,200 Go53HB Figure 5.2 M'Flll ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~' Prpared for: -- X STAGE I TEMPORARY WORKS KK-49 AES NILE POWER PAGE I OF 2 LEGEND: Roods, temporary roads 4WivE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ tr 0 12 3( 400 ___ <010~~~~~~~~~~o Ama~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A V;t A~ -ProjectName. AD@ Prepamd for:- STAGE 2 TEMPORARY WORKS 6'l AES ANIE POWER Page 2 of 2 Figure 5.3: Proposed Constrsucon Tlmeline r 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 lD Task Nase Durabon Q tr 3 Otr 4 Otr I Qtr 2 Qtr 3 Qtr 4 Otr| Qtr2 1 tr3 Qtr4 QtrI Qtr2 Otr3 Otr4 Qtri Qtr 2 Qtr 3 I Approval of Project By Lenders 0 days - . _ 2 Mobilisation 255 days . 3 Contractor commences site work 0 days 4 Access/Haul roads 210 days BB 5 Site Installabons 150 days BEC 6 Batching plants 195 days BEC 7 Crusher 150 days Be: 8 Quarry preparation 90 days BEC 9 Diversion 907.5 days 10 Stage 1 Diversion 150 days 11 Stage 2 Diversion 37.5 days _, BEC 12 Powerstation construction 1210 days 13 Manufacturlng/Engineerng start 0 days 14 Foundaton excavation 120 days BE 15 Unit 1 Powerhouse, Intake a Tailrace 700 days B _EC 16 Unit 2 Powerhouse, Intake &Tailrace 700 days B DEC 17 Unit 3 Powerhouse, sntake & Tailrace 700 days I BE 18 Unit 4 Powerhouse, Intake & Tailrace 700 days L EC 19 Unit 5 Powerhouse, Intake & Tailrace (optonal) 700 days B BEC 20 Spillway construction 660 days _ 21 E&M/Civil works 660 days B - DEC 22 Tailwater Excavation 120 days __ 23 Taitwater Excavabon 120 days 24 Dam construction 910 days 25 Dumbbell Island 420 days - EC 26 West Bank 390 days BEC 27 East Bank 730 days i - - - 28 Reservoirfilling 15 days _ _ 4 c 29 Bujagali Switchyard Construction 780 days . 30 avil Works 420 days DEC 31 Elechical Installabon 480 days - - BEC 32 CommissIoning 240 days _ I __,______ _ _ 33 Dry, wet and performnance tests 240 days [ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _I_ __ _ _ _ _EC__ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Protect: Hydro Consolidated Ples (99) Task Milestone * Summary - - Rolled up task Date: Sat 4t7101 Figure 5,3 (Proposed Construction timeline) liujagali Project Ijvdropower Facility EIA Clhapter 5 5.2.2 Mobilisation The mobilisation phase will involve establishment of the site, such that construction of temporary and permanent works can commence. 5.2.2.] Worker Acconmmodation A maximum of 1500 labourers are expected to be required on site during the constr-uction phase. These labourers will largelv be recruited locally, with preference given to displaced landholders and labourers from affected communities if they have the necessary qualifications. A construction related job-training programme will be run for local people. Details are included in Section 7.5.1.2. In addition, there will be an estimated 100 European expatriate workers and 300 Third- Country Nationals (e.g. Kenyans), who are semi-skilled workers with relevant experience from previous projects in the region. Construction workers who are not local residents (i.e the 400 expatriate staff), will be housed in the existing labour camp near Jinj'a, which is currently uitilized by the Owen Falls Extension construction workforce. This camp has both bachelor and family accommodation. At the time of peak worker numbers (i.e. months 24-36), the camp's bachelor accommodation wIll be utilised at 65% of capacity and family accommodation will be used at 100% of capacity. BEC will run buses between the Jinja construction camp and the construction site at every shift change. Additional buses will collect labourers from local villages at roadside en route to the site. No staff, other than security guards, will be accommodated overnight on the construction site. 5.2.2.2 Site Services Fencing The area of the power station and major auxiliary works will be permanently fenced in on either side of the river, with fences going straight down the banks to below lowest operational water level, as shown in Figure 1.2. AES Nile Power 199 March, 200I Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Electricity Electricity will be supplied to the site by a connection which will be made (by UEB) from the existing 33 kV transmission line that runs along the Jinja-Kayunga highway on the west bank. In addition, backup diesel generators (4 x 800 kV) will be installed within the industrial area of the site, and will provide 80-1 00% redundancy in case of electricity failure from the grid. The locations of the site transformer station (to which the network connection will be made) and the generator station are shown on Figure 5.4. A transformer station to be located in the generator/workshop area will supply power at 11 kV to the crushing plant, the concrete and asphalt batching plants, and the de-watering pumps. AES Nile Power 200 March, 2001 Source: BEC, (undated) BUJA6ALI HYDROPOWER Date. MARCH, 2001 G0503-H 81 Figure 5.4 FACILITY EIA | 3 _J Prepared for: AES NILE POWER MOBILISATION PLAN Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilir, E1A Chapter 5 Drinking and Process Water Treatment Preliminary process diagrams for handling and treatment of drinking and process water for the site are included in Figure 5.5. A drinking water treatment plant for the complex will be placed inside the fenced permanent land take area. The plant will provide safe, potable water in required quantities, pumped to outlets under pressure. Preliminary investigations by BEC have indicated that an aquifer exists on the west bank that has water of adequate quality to supply drinking water to the site. One option for supplying drinking water is for a borehole to be installed, which will draw from this aquifer. Otherwise raw water will be taken from the River Nile in the same way as for process water (see below). The decision as to which source will be used is subject to ongoing investigations bcing carried out by BEC to determine the yield from the aquifer, and potential drawdown effects on the aquifer (and therefore on local water supply wells). Regardless of the final souree, raw water will be treated by pH adjustment, optional potassium permanganate dosing, aeration, iron and manganese filtration and chlorine disinfection (Figure 5.5). The design capacity of the treatment plant will be 3 m3/h. Site process water (for use in workshops, and for concrete production, cleaning, road wetting, firefighting systems ctc.) will be taken from the River Nile at the pumping station on the west bank. This water will be pumped via a pipeline to tanks at the highest point on the site (near the workshop in the industrial area), Water quality analysis indicates that this water will be able to be used without treatment (information provided by BEC, from samples taken in December 2000). Howevcr, the abstraction system will include provision for dosing with chemical flocculant followed by sedimentation, should suspended sediment levels in the river water inean that such treatment is required. All effluent will meet NEMA and WBG water quality standards. Site Drainage and Waste Water Treltmint All foul and process water streams will be treated to NEMA/WBG standards (with the most stnngent standard applied) prior to digoharge to the Piver Nile or to soakaways. Prelminary process diagrams for handling and treatment of waste water from the site are included in Figure 5.5. An interceptor drain will be installed along the fenceline at the southem end of the site, to divert surface water flow away from the site, and into the Nile downstream. AE5 Mile Power 201 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hlydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Within the site, drainage will be installed such that all surface water flow, including seepage water into the area between the coffer dams, will be intercepted and pagged through a sedimentation basin, to be located in the river channel upstream of the downstream Stage I coffer dam. The sedimentation basin will comprise two parallel sedimentation dams that will be operated continuously, except during sludge removal, when only one dam will operate. Oil separation will be carried out using skimmers on the surface of the dams. The system will also include provision for dosing with chemical flocculant upstream of the sedimentation basin, in the event that this is required in order to achieve NEMA standards for suspended solids in the final effluent. Effluent from the sedimentation basin will be pumped over the downstream coffer dam, and discharged into the Nile. Wastewater streams from the canteen and the workshops will pass through a sludge eparltor before flowing to an infiltration bed, which will remove the majority of organic material. In addition, the canteen wastewater stream will pass through a grease separator, and the .workshop wastewater stream will pass through an oil separator, both upstream of the sludge separator. The final effluent will be discharged to the Nile, at a quality meeting the Ugandan national standard. DEC is investigating two options for disposal of wastewater from site ablutions blocks, both of which will achieve NEMA and WBG effluent standards (whichever is most stringent). The first is a closed circuit system, whereby effluent gravitates to a 'tight tank', and is then transported off site by tanker, to the Jinja Municipality treatment works. This option will not be adopted unless it can be demonstrated that the effluent will receive treatment to NEMA standards. The second option involves treatment and disposal on site. Under this option, the effluent stream would join the streams from the canteen and workshops before sludge separation, treatment in the infiltration bed and discharge to the Nile. Storage of fHazardous Materials Diesel fuel for the backup generators and site vehicles will be stored in 50 m3 tanks, as shown in the sample drawing in Figure 5.6. The tank area will be enclosed by a bund capable of storing the entire tank capacity in case of leakage or other accident, and a 1 m3 capacity sump with a central drain, to collect any diesel spilled during filling of tankers etc. Construction vehicles will be re-fueled by tankers that will collect diesel from this central store and distribute it to vehicles around the site. AES Nile Power 204 March, 2001 DRINKING WATER COMPRESSED AIR ph-ADJUSTMENT DISINFECTION DOSING IRO KMnO4 MANGANESE ) TO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OPTIONAL FILTER [ -j1 DRAINAGE AND LEAKAGE WATER FROM WATER RESERVOIR A CONSTRUCTION SITE ph-ADJUSTMENT TO RECIPIENT CHEMICAL 7 FLOCCULANT SEDIMENTATION (OPTION) DAMS SEWAGE TREATMENT - SITE OFFICE GREASE SEPARATOR/\ KS;TAURANT TO RECIPIENT I RESTAURANT 1 -0 l l SLUDGEA /WATER FOR CONCRETE PRODUCTION SEPARATOR INFILTRATION WORKSHOPS DOSING OF OIL / RIVE CHEMICAL SEPARATOR FLOCCULANT OPTION DEPENDING TO PRODUCTION ON WATER QUALITYL SEDIMENTATION WATER RESERVOIR Source: SKANSKA (2001) Project Name: D _ BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH 2001 G0503_H_79 Figure 5.5 POWER Prepared for: PRINCIPAL (PRELIM INARY ) IM2 AES NILE POWER LAYOUT - WATER HANDLING 3 800 _00 t 38000 so 3o00 2 30 200 - | _ ) 2000E 1=c~ t' I .1 I ¢ PP i FUEL STORAGE TLK SN CF SUP TORT |, SUMP '1201 '1200'750 DEEP SUMFECIDE ACCOPOINGLY TO THE TANK SLPPLI0= EL TOATI ON[ ETT nRAlP CI ELEVATION Source; SKANSKA (1999) Drawing: SA-038 Project Name: BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH 2001 G0503_H_46 Figure 5.6 AD PN EE R, Prepared for -IX DIESEL FUEL STORAGE AES NILE POWER_ Buijagali Project Hydropower Facilit7y EMA Chlpter S Other hazardous chemicals, such as hydraulic fluid, will be stored in locked buildings, which will also be bunded to contain spills. The site drainage will be such that all overland flow will pass through the settlement ponds at the lower end of the west bank complex. This will also serve as an interceptor, and will hold back oil or other chemicals from being released into the Nile in case of a major spill. This will give site staff time to react, e.g. by pumping out trapped oil and disposing of it appropriately. In accordance with Ugandan law, explosives such as the dynamite charges used to detonate the ammonium nitrate/diesel blasting compound, will be left in the custody of the Army. The Army storage site is some 30 km from Bujagali, and the Army will deliver daily supplies of dyrnamite to the Bujagali site. It is intended that the temporary workshop buildings to be erected on site will be re-used from the Owen Falls Extension Project (OFEP). Solid Waste Management BEC will use four options for handling of solid waste generated at the site: burial, burning, distribution to local users, or returning to the supplier. The latter option will be used for hazardous waste, and will be part of the supply contracts. Details of provisions for management of solid waste generated on site during the construction phase are outlined in Chapter 7. 5.2.2.3 Access and Haul Roads Layout Implementation of the project will require construction of about 6.7 km of new roads. Roads to be constructed comprise the following: (letters correspond with the labels on Figure 5.7). A. Permanent access to the site from the Jinja to Kayunga road on the west bank (length 700 m from the public highway to the west bank of the Nile), branching off from the main road about 8 km north of Owen Falls. This will be the main means of access to the site from the public highway network, and will be sealed upon completion of construction, for use during operation. AES ,Vile Power 209 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facilit EIA Chapter 5 B. A temporary road to the dam site from the public highway on the east bank (length 200 m from the existing track through Namizi, but requiring widening of approximately 1 km of the existing track). This will be used only for a limited amount of abutment, foundation and grouting works at the eastern end of the dam site. Installation of the asphalt concrete core, and the rockfill (which will result in the vast majority of vehicle movements) will take place from the west bank. C. A haul road along the west bank from road A to the quarry site near Buloba (length 2.1 km). This will be established above 1, I 1 1.5 mASL, and therefore will provide the option of remaining after construction to give permanent access along this section of the west bank. This will be the main access route to the west bank quarry, but will only be used for haulage of quarried materials to the dam working site during Stage 2 (road D will be used during Stage 1). D. A temporary haul road along the axis of Dumbbell Island across the upstream Stage 1 coffer dam (see below), connecting road C and the dam/power station site (length approximately 2.2 km including side branches for access to the western river channel, the power station and the dam working site). Initial access for construction of this road will be via a ferry to be operated between the eastern end of road A and the northern end of Dumbbell Island. It will be used for the construction of the upstream Stage 1 coffer dam, after which the road will be extended along the crest of the cofferdam, to connect with access road C, approximately 200 m north of the quarry area. It will also be used for construction of the three other coffer dams at the appropriate times. This route will be the primary means of transportation of rock from the quarry to the dam area during Stage 1. E. An access road from road A to the rock stockpile, aggregate crushing and concrete/asphalt production area (length approximately 500 m). This will be sealed upon completion of construction, and will form a permanent access road to the tailrace and spillway area of the site. F. A road along the crest of the main dam, which will give a permanent river crossing after completion of the works (length 1 km along the dam crest). Temporary access to these facilities will only be within land acquired for the project. AESINilePower 210 March, 2001 Roads A- E- F- *PfhUC ACCESS TO EWE arojla Hot- [.- rm tWq Source: BEC, (undated) Project Name: BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER De MARC5201 uH86e Figure 5.7 N LE ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FACILITY EIA la OWLR .Nk ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-', a,. Prepared for too ~~AES NILE POWER ACCESS & HAUL ROADS Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Roadworks Areas to be provided and surfaced using the following methods will include: * Main access road linking the power station and dam site with the State Highway; * Access roads to the power station, switchyard, water treatment plant, workshop and store areas; * Parking areas; * Dam crest, and, * Turning circle(s) on the east bank. Two or three bulldozers working simultaneously during the first six weeks of the construction period will clear these areas. A laterite base layer will be laid using material won from the future switchyard area. This will be overlain by a gravel wearing course, which will use material from the main (Buloba) quarry area, and will be crushed by a temporary crushing plant erected near the entrance to this quarry. Additional vehicles that will be needed at this stage are 5-6 excavators, approximately 10 trucks, and rollers. In general, a single layer of coarse gravel shall be placed on the prepared base for use during the construction period. Once construction traffic has ceased to operate on the access roads, and after suitable refurbishment of the surface, base and blacktop surface layers shall be added. As a minimum, the blacktop will consist of a tack coat followed by a double spray and chip finish coat. All roadworks shall comply with the requirements of the "Governnent of Uganda - Ministry of Works, Transport and Communication - General Specification for Road and Bridge Works". Roads will consist of a single, two-lane carriageway wide enough to accommodate power station service vehicles. The finished width of the second spray and chip layer shall be no less than 6 m. The finished width of the tack coat and first layer shall be no less than 7 m. Pedestrian access routes will be maintained to the spring on the west bank near the site boundary, and to the existing washing areas to the immediate north and south of the site on the west bank. Refer to Figure 5.7. AES Nile Power 213 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Site Leveling During the mobilization phase, areas of the site to be occupied by permanent and temporary works will be. leveled using the same earthmoving equipment as used for construction of the access roads. This process will involve excavation of land above the required level and using the spoil to fill in areas below this level. The three areas where substantial leveling will be required are: * The rock stockpile, crushing plant, concrete and asphalt batching plant area (to a level of approximately 1,100 mASL); * The office, canteen, dispensary and marketplace area near the west gate (to a level of approximately 1,137 mASL); and, * The switchyard area (to a level of approximately l,126 mASL). 5.2.2.4 Quarries A total of 1,000,000 m3 of fresh rock is needed for the hydropower facility, comprising 700,000 m3 of rock fill for the dam itself, and 300,000 m3 for other purposes, such as concrete production, cofferdams and access road construction. Four potential sources of rockfill materials have been identified within the land acquisition area, as follows (refer to Figure 5.2): 1. The main rock quarry site, near Buloba on the west bank, with the yield dependent on the final quarry depth and area (see Table 5.1 below). The amount of rock taken from this site depends on the amount available from the other three sources as identified below; 2. Rock from quanrying at the upstream end of Dumbbell Island (estimated at 150,000 m3 of mixed amphibolite and argillite, in unknown ratios, assuming 15 m excavation depth from present ground level); 3. Rock resulting from the powerhouse excavation (estimated at 200,000 m3 of high quality amphibolite, and 40,000 m3 of medium quality argillite); and, 4. Rock resulting from spillway and tailrace excavation (estimated at approximately 175,000 m3 of mixed amphibolite and argillite, in unknown ratios). AES Nile Power 214 March, 2001 Bujagali Project *Ivdropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 The yield from sources 3 and 4 will be determined by the extent of foundation excavation required, and is estimated to be approximately 415,000 m3, which leaves an additional 385,000 m3 required from sources 1 and 2. Assuming an excavation depth of 15 m from the present ground level, source 2 (Dumbbell Island) will yield 150,000 m3. Therefore source 1 will have to provide the remaining amount of approximately 265,000 m3, possibly more if the quality of rock from sources 2 and 4 is unisatisfactory, or less if the excavation at source 2 is deeper than 15 m. Table 5.1 outlines three scenarios for development of the main quarry area (source 1), and illustrates how the size and depth will vary depending on the quality of rock from this and the other sources. The exact area of the main quarry will not be known until additional drilling is completed and excavation is underway, and therefore the extent of suitable fresh rock is known. However, the surface area is expected to be in the order of 20.000 m2 (2 ha), assuming a 20 m excavation depth. Regardless of its final size, the quarry will be excavated in three areas, from north to south. The overburden and unsuitable (e.g. weathered) rock from Area I will be stored temporanrly in Areas 2 and 3, while fresh rock is being taken from Area 1. When excavation from Area I is complete, it will be backfilled with the original overburden and unsuitable rock, then filled with the same materials from Area 2, likewise for Area 3. Table 5.1: Rock Yield From Main Quarry Area (Near Buloba) At Various Quarry Sizes And Excavation Depths. Total Fresh rock Fresh rock Fresh rock Fresh rock material to yield with yield with yield with yield with be removed 15 m 20 m 25 m 30 m Sceai Surface excavation excavation excavation excavation area (mi) before fresh depth from depth from depth from depth from uncovered ground ground ground ground ,3 surface surface surface surface \m) (m3) (m3) (m3) (m3) 1. Small (70 m x 120 33,600 92,400 134,400 176,400 218,400 quarry m=) 8,400 2. (70 m x 250 16,0 14,0 24,0 3400 4000 Medium m=) 20,000 1600l40,00 240:000 34,0 40,0 quarry__ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ quargy (140 x 250 350,000 175,000 350,000 525,000 700,000 Source: BEC AES Nile Power 215 Mllarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 No natural sand is available within the project site, but fine material generated by the crusher plant will be used whenever possible. However, depending on the quality of fine material generated by crushing local rock, there may be a need for high quality natural sand to be brought in from external sources, e.g for use in certain concrete finishes. The extent of this will not be known until the concrete mix is tested with aggregates produced on the site. If required, natural sand is available at a number of locations within 80 km of the site. Suitable sources that have been identified include a number of sites on Lake Victoria, a site in the Nile Valley about 60 km north of the project area and a site near Iganda on the Jinja- Tororo highway (Knight Piesold, 1998), as shown on Figure 5.8. Environmental oversight of the use of these sources will be subject to the Change Management Procedure as outlined in Chapter 8. 5.2.2.5 Crusher and Batching Plants There are no viable natural sources of coarse or fine aggregate on site. Some gravels are known to exist on the islands and in pockets on the river banks but quantities are small and of variable quality. Therefore, coarse aggregate required for concrete production, and fine aggregate for asphalt production will be produced by crushing rock won from the quarries on site. A crusher plant will be required, which will produce aggregates of various grades from rock won from quarries on site. Batching plants will also be required for concrete production, and for production of asphalt for the asphaltic concrete core dam (refer to Figure 5.9). These will be constructed adjacent to the rock stockpile area at the northern end of the site, in locations shown on Figure 5.4. AES Nile Power 216 March, 2001 NORTH , \ 0,N WMNYA DAM ' KStP ALA 4 , v S EGENDRENLLOTNPL REGIONAL LOCATION PLAN SW ANO RAILWAY A 1mb KABUGOGA 10 0 10 20 30 40r ROAD MUA T- POTENlAL FIN NOWA AGMECATE SXRCEXS WJ1flwE C 6(AUMI () 'POlEENnAL COARSE D IEKA SAND AGGATE SORtCES E WARIElE F Do C BvIJU BJC4GA H MA!" HMJCLYA I ITMO RISMV0KO i LWANIKA K JUA L 9WAEKA ROK SoLrce Knight Piesold (1998). Project Name: BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G0503H_7 Figure_5.8 FACILITY EIA PowER Prepared for: LOCATION OF POSSIBLE AES NILE POWER SAND SOURCES >- - Source: Produced by Skako AS, Denmark for Vendekke, Norway (1999) Drawing: C898-042 Project Name: Date: MARCH, 2001 G0503_H_40 Figure 5.9 AD= PNLEER Prepared for: TYPICAL CONCRETE _____ AES NILE POWER BATCHING PLANT Bujagaii Project Hvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 5.2.3 Engineering, Procurement and Transportation Although the majority of the materials for the civil engineering components of the hydropower facility will be produced on site, the mechanical and electrical components will be imported to Uganda from locations around the world (refer to Table 5.2). Table 5.2: Suppliers of Materials, Manufacturers, Location of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection Item Manufacturer Manufacturing Location of Testing Location and Inspection Water turbine model tests GE Hydro Sweden Sweden Water turbines Stayrings Kvamrner Hangfa China China Runner Assemblies GE Hydro Norway, Sweden, Norway, Sweden, Canada Canada Runner hubs a. Castings Skoda Czech Republic Czech Republic Alstom Poland Poland b. Finishing GE Hydro Sweden Sweden Runner blades a. Castings Lokomo Finland Finland Scana-Stavanger Norway Norway b. Finishing Lokomo Finland Finland Scana-Stavanger Norway Norway Shafts GE Hydro Norway Norway Scana - Bjorneborg Sweden Sweden SIDENOR Spain Spain Skoda Czech Republic Czech Republic Temi Italy Italy Fomas Italy Italy Shaft seals GE Hydro or Norway/Sweden/ Norway/Sweden/Can Kvaemer Hangfa Canada/China ada/China Guide bearings GE Hydro or Norway/Sweden/Cana Norway/Sweden/Can Kvaemer Hangfa da/China ada/China Electronic governors GE Hydro Norway Norway Power station cranes Morris Cranes UK UK/Site Kone Finland Finland/Site Munch Norway Norway/Site Mannesnman Demag Germany Germany/Site Butterley UK UK/Site Engineering Germany Gernany/Site l________________________ N oell A ES Nile Power 221 Murch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Table 5.2: Suppliers of Materials, Manufacturers, Location of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection Item Manufacturer Manufacturing Location of Testing Location and Inspection Generators Stator frames, brackets and Nugo Romano Piedimulera, Italy Piedimulera,Iltaly rotor hubs ABB Dolmel Wroclaw, Poland Wroclaw, Poland CMDM Saint-Etienne, France Saint- Etienne, France CMI Cockerill Seraing, Belgium Seraing, Belgium Stator cores EBG Bochum, Germany Bochum, Germany Nippon Steel Tokyo, Japan Tokyo, Japan ABB Industrie Birr Switzerland Birr, Switzerland Stator windings ABB Alstom Birr, Switzerland Birr, Switzerland Power Rotor shafts and thrust Fomas Osnago, Italy Osnago, Italy collars Creusot- Loire Firminy, France Firminy, France Scana, Bjbmeborg, Swed. Bjomeborg, Sweden Buderus Wetzlar, Germany Wetzlar, Germany VSG, Essen, Germany Essen, Germany Sidenor Reinosa, Spain Reinosa, Spain CMI Cockerill, Seraing, Belgium Seraing, Belgium CMDM Saint- Etienne France Saint- Etienne France Nugo Romano Piedimulera Piedimulera Rotor rims CMI Cockerill Seraing, Belgium Seraing, Belgium Sollac Fos sur Mer, France Fos sur Mer, France Tecnolaser Padova, Italy Padova, Italy ABB Unifer Birr, Switzerland Birr, Switzerland Ziind Oberbuiren, Switz Oberbuiren, Switze Pole laminations Alstom Power Birr, Switzerland Birr, Switzerland Pole end plates Laurent La Ricamarie, F La Ricamarie, F Rotor windings Alstom Power Birr, Switzerland Birr, Switzerland Thrust and guide bearings Svenska Bearing Essen, Germany Essen, Germany Braunschweiger Braunschweig, G Braunschweig, G GLS Gleitlager Berlin, Germany Berlin, Germany Excitation equipment Alstom Power Norway/France Norway/France Generators circuit Alstom France France breakers ABB Switzerland Switzerland Transformers Generator transformers Alstom Germany Gernany ABB Sweden/Finland Sweden/Finland Interbus transformers, ABB Sweden/Finland Sweden/Finland Oil handling equipment Fluidex South Africa South Africa Engineering Hydro-mechanical equipment Trash screens - screens Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd AES AVile Power 222 March, 2001 BujagaJi Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Table 5.2: Suppliers of Materials, Manufacturers, Location of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection Item Manufacturer Manufacturing Location of Testing Location and Inspection - trash rake Three Star UK UK Stoplogs Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd - gantry hoist Morris UK UK Spillway gate - gates Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd - upstream stoplogs Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd - downstream stoplogs Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd Draft tube gates Heavy Engineering Kenya Kenya Ltd Main 132 kV equipment Fabrication of structural Lanka Colombo. Sri Lanka Colombo. Sri Lanka steelwork Transformers Flexible busbars and Horten Al Cond. Norway Norway connections Disconnecting and earthing MESA Spain Spain switches Circuit breakers ABB India India Protective relays ABB Sweden / Finland Sweden / Finland Current transformers ABB India India Voltage transformers ABB India India Control and relay panels ABB Norway Norway Instruments CEWE Sweden Sweden Multicore cables BICC Spain Spain Surge diverters ABB Sweden Sweden Main 220 kV equipment Fabrication of structural Lanka Colombo. Sri Lanka Colombo. Sri Lanka steelwork Transformners Flexible busbars and Horten Al Cond. Norway Norway connections Disconnecting and earthing MESA Spain Spain switches Circuit breakers ABB Sweden Sweden Protective relays ABB Sweden / Finland Sweden / Finland Current transformers ABB India India Voltage transformers ABB India India Control and relay panels ABB Norway Norway AES Nile Power 223 Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Table 5.2: Suppliers of Materials, Manufacturers, Location of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection Item Manufacturer Manufacturing Location of Testing Location and Inspection Surge diverters ABB Sweden Sweden UEB control centre interface RTU ABB Germany Germany PLC system Teamcom Norway Norway DCS Alstom France France ABB Sweden Sweden Manufacturers listed are those most likely to be chosen. Final choice of manufacturers will be selected from this list. Equipment and materials that will be procured from outside East Afiica will be shipped to the port of Mombasa in Kenya. For equipment and materials other than 'abnormal loads' (50- 250 tonnes) and a small amount of materials unsuitable for rail transport, transportation from Mombasa to Uganda will be by rail to a bonded warehouse in Jinja, a distance of approximately 900 km. There will also be a bonded warehouse within the fenced boundary at the Bujagali site, which will accept goods delivered by road from outside Uganda. Distribution from Jinja to the Bujagali hydropower facility site will be solely by road. Table 5.3 below gives estimates of vehicle movements that will be required for transportation of equipment, materials and personnel to the Bujagali hydropower facility site, from locations within and outside of Uganda. Table 5.3: Estimated Return Journeys To Bujagali Hydropower Facility For Major Equipment, Materials And Workers. Origin of Assumed No. Item Quantity Original Vehicle Vehicle Transportatio Vehicles/ Required Source Movement Type n Period Day To Site 20 75,000 Tororo or .2. Cement t5,000 Toooo Jinja tonne 2 years 5 tonnes Kenya truck 25,000 TBD (within TBD 20 Sand tonnes TBUganda) (within tonne 2 years 2 (estimate) Uganda) truck 1400 TBD, via tn20 < 1 per Bitumen tons Mobs Jinja tonne 2 years we tonnes Mombasa truck week AESIVile Power 224 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Faciit4, EIA Chapter 5 Table 5.3: Estimated Return Journeys To Bujagali Hydropower Facility For Major Equipment, Materials And Workers. Origin of Assumed No. Item Quantity Original Vehicle Vehicle Asportad Vehicles! Required Source Movement Type n Period Day To Site 3 M20m3 Diesel 30,000 m Mombasa Jinja tanker 4 years 1 Europe or 30 Steel 25,000 South Africa inja tonne 2 years I tonnes via trouck Mombasa Heavy plant Various, e.g. 1 (excavators, OFEP or Jinja Truck 3 years (estimate) cranes, trucks) Mombasa Miscellaneous TBD equipmellanto Various (within Truck 4 years ( equipment Uganda) (estimate) Miscellaneous equipment/ ! . 15 1 materials fVaous via Mombasa tonne 4 years (estimate) (unsuitable Momasatruck rail transport) _ Abnormal loads (turbines, 50 units Mombasa Multi- I per generators etc.) (etmt)vaJna Mombasa axle 4 years month up to 300 (estimate) via Jinja truck) tonnes Senior Carl 4- engineering 100 staff Jinja/ Jinja/ wheel 4 years 250 staff/visitors + at peak Kampala Kampala drive light deliveries drI Labourers 1100 peak Jinja and Jinja/ East Bus 4 years 15 local villages Bank TBD = To Be Deternined OFEP = Owen Falls Extension Project Note: Equipment and materials being transported from Mombasa to Jinja will mnove by rail, except for abnormal loads, which will be transpoTted by road. Bitumen will be transported as a solid, in drums. 5.2.4 Diversion Works At the proposed site, the Victoria Nile divides into two fast-flowing channels that cascade down each side of Dumbbell Island. The hydropower development will be constructed in two stages, with the river flow to be diverted either side of Dumbbell Island using coffer dams as outlined below. Figure 5.10 details the cross-sections of the coffer dams and estimated water levels. A ES Nile Power 225 AMarch, 2001 Bujagali Projeci Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 Water levels have been estimated for various sections for the two stages, based on the available current information. Maximum water levels at Q=2750 m3/s (Q=discharge). are estimated at 1098 mASL at the upstream end of Dumbbell Island and approximately 1091 mASL at the downstream end. Detailed underwater surveys at the commencement of the construction phase may result in small adjustments in the predicted water levels, with the heights of cofferdams adjusted accordingly. In order to prevent vegetation being carried downstream, it will be cleared from the respective river channel immediately prior to construction of each coffer dam, such that no vegetated land is inundated during diversion. This will require clearance up to the 1100 mASL contour above the coffer dam, sloping down to the 1091 mASL level at the northern tip of Dumbbell Island. After demarcation of this area, clearance will be carried out using hand tools to remove trees and shrubs at ground level. In order to minimize erosion, no digging will be carried out and root systems and grasses will be left intact. Waste material will be made available for use by local people. Any remaining material will be transported to the works compound and disposed of by burning. 5.2.4.1 Stage 1 Diversion Works During Stage 1, the river will initially be diverted though the eastern channel at Dumbbell Island by construction of cofferdams at the upstream and downstream ends of the western channel. The upper coffer dam will be placed at the neck of the falls, while the lower coffer dam will be placed at the downstream end of Dumbbell Island, near the confluence of the two river channels. The coffer dams will be constructed by placing/tipping boulders and rocks into the river. For the upstream Stage 1 cofferdam, this will proceed from the small outcrop in the river near the main quarry on the west bank (using material from the quarry), and from the southern end of Dumbbell Island (using material excavated from Dumbbell Island) simultaneously. Large boulders or, if necessary, pre-cast concrete units will be used to protect against washout as flow velocities progressively increase with the reduction in channel cross-sectional area. After river flow has been controlled, the permeability of the cofferdam will be controlled by the use of an impervious soil blanket. Graded material, together with fibre fabric, will be placed on the upstream side to minimise leakage. The downstream cofferdam will be easier to construct because of its location in still water. A ES Vile Power 226 March, 2001 COMP LEVEL START NG LEVEL C, L C L CLCL . CL ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - CL ' L NATURAL E NATLRAL LOT T:" ~~~~~NATUALO.SLOPE FIRTRET (CLOURE 01 SECOND I lRE ERED T I 4 RET RRI ASTER.- RowN COMPLETE NROD. A LTER NATIVE A STAGE ANSAETRNATURAL SLOPE C 2 CL ACCESSORSAD TEMPORARYTFOAD (EAST FLOWZ EROSON NPROTECTIONISTAGE 10 TEETERS -PLA S TI P TSG ffO BE ~~~~~~BSALERNTIVDB OTl ASRSETXTU;; AN IL tSETARTI}NAEUAL CL t 2E;6Aa-9>_ 16~ RANDOM ROCS FILL R 10m - 2 - - - -I _ ŽL5hFSTAALEI ~NATLRA- bLIPE A > ' - >. 2'FIREFAORC2GEOTEXCTLE __ A_- E1 TABLE ALINATARA SONOITI-NI N, - .- 1 ASSUMED SOTTOM PROFILE SECTION THROUGH DUMBBELL ISLAND FIRET PRE SECOND PNASE 6NTA1LIZ RN SIR G SI.) TYPICAL AECTION, DOWNSTREAM DAM LEFT TANS (EIGHI SANS WEWST) 1100 (DUMBBELL STNDO LEGEND SELECTED ROCK BOULDERS ROTEN 2QUARRIED ROCK ROCKFILL '200 mm 9 E 10 15 ER ENr ASSUMED BOTTOM PROF LE FIBRE FABRIC I GEOTEXTILE eSELECTED CLAY SOIL e RANDOM EXCAVATION FILL ---- . STAGE I STAGE 11 A5IAe TR a - _RWATER DEVESE IC v C N WATER LEVELS SEED -------- -------- "R SR ATI TA A T R AT. TOSS 501(,. ,,I 1000 TOTS) "'o ' SOS 1096 0 00 4 1 lD8T 9 OS 50 1080 9 CLOSURE METHODOLOGY '100 R 940 FSS aSO lOSs 0 10090 DoSS 1000 TOS IIS 2..S OTT7 10900o METTlE 2500 1090TS T1R963 ToO 2500 1OT 191G0 TO27SS lOT 0 1S lUOT 2 OT5T 1090 Z S T Source BEC undated Drawmg: 063 FFD1Rt Nome BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH,2001 GO503_HS3 Figure 5.10 NFCIYPreparedEor A RIVER DIVERSION USING AES NILE POWER COFFERDAMS Bujagali Project 11vdropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 The area between the upper and lower cofferdams will be de-watered to allow construction of the power station, services bay, control building, west bank abutment works and the main and emergency spillways during Stage 1. This will involve pumping water out of the works area, and discharging the water into the Nile downstream of the lower coffer dam. The rockfill dam over Dumbbell Island will also be constructed during Stage 1. To reduce the level of pumping required during the river diversion works within the Stage 1 works area, an interceptor drain will be installed along the northern fenceline of the works area to channel stormwater away from the site to a point in the river downstream of the site. 5.2.4.2 Stage 2 Diversion Works Dunrng the Stage 2 diversion works, the Stage I cofferdams will be removed and the western channel will be reopened to allow water to pass through the newly constructed dam structure. During the Stage 2 diversion, water levels will be a maximum of 1097-98 mASL along Dumbbell Island. Since the main spillway gates will only pass approximately 1,000 m3/s each at this water level, a third diversion passage is required. This will be provided by a temporary opening which, together with the gates, will allow a discharge of 2,750 m3/s. Refer to Figure 5.11. The material recovered from the Stage 1 cofferdams will be used to construct the Stage 2 coffer dams in the eastern channel at the upstream and downstream ends of Dumbbell Island. This will close off the eastern river channel, and the entire river flow will then pass through the main spillway gates and the temporary diversion chute. Following de-watering, the final closure section of the dam will be constructed. Upon completion of the Stage 2 works, the temporary chute will be closed with a permanent concrete slab wall, which will allow space for a fish pass to be constructed, if this is identified as being necessary by studies that are ongoing at the time of writing. De-watering will be required throughout the closure to prevent flooding of the working area. This will involve pumping of water from the works area to a point downstream of the downstream coffer dam. To reduce the level of pumping during Stage 2 of the construction process, the small watercourse that flows into the Nile from the east bank will be diverted so that it discharges downstream of the lower coffer dam. This stream is within the land take area. Diversion of the stream has no social implications. AES Nile Power 229 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 At the completion of construction of the dam and the power station, the Stage 2 cofferdams will be removed using backhoe excavators. Possible re-use of the spoil is discussed below in the 'Site Reinstatement' section. 5.2.5 Dam, Power Station and Reservoir Construction 5.2.5.1 Asphaltic Concrete Core and Rockfill Dam Construction of the dam component of the hydropower facility will commence with blasting and excavation of the foundation area, approximately 20 m below the existing rock level to approximately 1080 mASL (Figure 5.12). The exposed rock will be sealed by grouting with cement grout. The rockfill dam consists of a 0.5 m thick, vertical, asphaltie concrete core surrounded by a processed amphibolite filter, a quarried amphibolite transition zone and quarried amphibolite supporting fill. The inclination of the dam's upstream and downstream slopes will be 1:1.75 and 1:1.65 respectively when founded on rock and 1:3.0 when founded on overburden. The crest level of the dam will be 1114.5 mASL, giving an overall height of 30 m. (Figure 5.12 gives section and plan views of the dam). The dam will be built according to the General Specifications and a Production Programme prepared by BEC (a summary of which is provided in Figure 5.3). The programme takes into account co-ordination between the construction of the general fill and the asphaltic core/transition zone. The foundation for the asphaltic concrete wall requires preparatory works such as: removing overburden in the valley floor; cleaning of the bedrock surface; construction of concrete plinth; and, undemeath the dam. Grouting involves drilling holes in the rock to approximately 10 m depth and injection of cement grout, which fills fissures in the rock and thereby renders it impermeable. The concrete plinth (4 m wide and 0.5 m thick) will be cast in contact with the bedrock and bolted. In sections where the dam will be founded on permeable material such as weathered rock or overburden, a cut-off wall will be constructed (on the west bank) and an impervious barrier (on the east bank). In addition, a clay blanket layer will be installed on the foundation and will extend along the river bed upstream of the dam for several metres. This will provide an impermeable seal to the dam (Figure 5.13). AES Nile Power 230 March, 2001 11ln n 146~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~12 IF~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~N 7 . M IT - 7 :- ' ulS! 1'0 ,. I rStV XS Ad:~-L_ 1 UPSTREAM VIEW SRJJTASE V !5SS'I ThTD - t LZX _-1t _____ =__ I _ ' S j _ L U--N _ 777J- _ =~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~, _SOUrCe. BEC, (I dated) DDaI-g 00 F rPolerct Namer _ i 5SF BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date MARCH, 2001 G9503_H_68 Figure 5.1Ol NIIE FACILITY EIA ~ ~ ~ 11~ ______ PFACILITEIA ILLWAY RADIAL CA _____ AES NILE POWER UP AND DOWNSTREAM VIEW D c C 17 M1s30AC Rockfill Dams Service sheet Power House Overflow Spillway BottDm Outlets AC Rock Fill Dam I -1130 ! 1111.5 FSL l l Dam Crest 1114.5 C 1120 Ground SudWace 1100 1090 Ex _ 1 oao ~~~~~~~~~W )TVF1II' 1080 r>\ rrrrI 1070 Concrete Cut Off Assumed Bedrock 1060 250 30 -200 -150 -100 -50 150 200 250 300 Excavabion Line/ D C B 4-- A E Mast. I AC Rockfill Dams 1130 1120 Dam Crest 1114.5 1120 I - -- 1100 I _ , 1090 ' ~ 0t-r~r7rn -n--- r- i Excavation>i Line 1080 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~>~- ' Impervious ILayer 1070 1060 1 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 a 4-J A 4J E 4J METRES .nommoson LONGITUDINAL SECTION 0 20 40 60 80 loom Source: BEG (undated) Drawing: 200 D Projet aLm HYDROPOWER Date MARCH, 2001 G0503_H_52 Fire 5.12 NE FACILITYEHA LONGITUDINAL SECTION AT D NPOLWER Prepared for: FOUNDATION LEVEL AES NILE POWER (VIEWED FROM UPSTREAM) Bujagali Project Hvdropower Facility ElA Chapter 5 The core will be founded on the plinth and concrete wall. The asphalt core will be built by placing the 0.5 m thick hot asphalt concrete core (Zone 1, shown in Figure 5.13) and processed amphibolitc filter (Zone 2) in one operation (a total thickness of 2.5 m), in horizontal layers of 0.2 m depth. The construction process will be performed using paving machinery, or by hand where space constraints mean the paving machinery cannot be used (e.g. adjacent to the powerhouse structure or the abutments). Steel bridges will be erected to facilitate driving/transportation across the core during construction. The bridges will be designed to support the equipment in use and to prevent any deformation of the core. The asphalt concrete will be produced at the mixing plant on-site (location shown on Figure 5.4) and will have a capacity of 100 tonnes/hour. Over the 18 month operating period of the plant it will produce an estimated 20,000 tonnes of asphalt. The plant will be in use during two periods while the dam works is ongoing, but will only operate for a few hours per day when in use. Although the plant is capable of producing 100 tonnes per hour, the maximum daily production during dam construction will be 200 tonnes. Figure 5.14 shows the layout of a typical asphalt concrete plant. The on-site transport of the asphalt mix will be done in machinery that secures the correct temperature and avoids segregation in the mix. Processed amphibolite for the transition zone will be produced at the on-site crushing plant. Asphaltic concrete (AC) has the following composition: * Bitumen 7% (imported); * Coarse aggregate 80% (produced at crusher plant); and, * Filler (particle size <0.075 mm) 13% (some cement may be used if amount of fines obtained from crushing process is insufficient). In addition ot the use of asphalt in the AC core, asphalt mastic sealant will be applied at the interface between the concrete plinth (or footer) and the first layer of asphalt core, into waterstop box outs and as a sealant into joints in the plinth. The mastic will be liquid enough to stick to any uneveiness on the plinth, but stable enough to build the specified thickness on steep surfaces. The mastic will be made from bitumen, aggregates and filler, and an appropriate adhesion agent to secure necessary bonding to the concrete plinth and comprises the following: AES Vile Power 235 Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Faciliy EIA Chapter 5 * Bitumen 18-25% (according to ASTM (American Standard for Testing of Materials) D5- 73 specification); * Filler: 10-14% (some cement may be used if amount of fines obtained from crushing process is insufficient); and, * Fine aggregates: 61-72%. (processed from fresh amphibolite consisting of 0.4 mm well graded particles). Approximately 1400 tonnes of bitumen will be required in total. The bitumen will arrive in Jinja by rail, from a refinery at Mombasa, Kenya. The bitumen will be stored as a solid, and will be transported in sealed drums from the refinery to the site via 20 tonne trucks. Diesel will be used for heating the bitumen. The asphalt plant will be fitted with dust filters and will discharge to the atmosphere via a 20 m high stack. The flow rate will be on average 4.2 m3Is and 8.3 m3/s as a maximum, when the plant is operating in the range of 100 to 150 'C. Typical emissions data for German plants are as follows (Breukelen, 1994), and will be used in the air quality impact assessment (details in Chapter 7): i dust: 13.5 mg/m3; * oxides of sulphur: 10 mg/m3; * oxides of nitrogen: 38.5 mg/m3; and, i organic compounds, i.e. carbon: 43.1 mg/m3. The mastic mix will be produced either in the asphalt plant or in a separate mastic mixer/boiler. The asphalt plant can be used for "dry" mixing, with 4% bitumen for coating, with final mixing and heating in the mastic pot just prior to it being applied. The core and filter will be protected on either side by a 2 m thick transition layer of less than 200 mm quarried amphibolite (Zone 3), which will be compacted in 0.4 m layers. The bulk of the volume of the dam will consist of supporting fill (1000 mm nominal diameter quarried amphibolite: Zone 4), which will be compacted in 1.6 m layers. The upstream and downstream faces of the dam will be protected against wave action near the water line by a layer of riprap (400 - 800 mm nominal diameter quarried amphibolite: Zone 5). These units will be individually placed to ensure stable contact. The downstream face will incorporate berms with drains. AES Nile Power 236 March, 2001 1112 0 MFL 1111 5 FSL DAM CREST 11 14 5 _L5 DM ReT114ASPHALT C CONCRETE CORE 11135 DAM CREST 111415 @7- 1111 W5 FSL 1 1120 MEL ASPHA c CONCRETE CORE 1113 5 3 D.L -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~15 - 3 WEATHERED ROCJK-110 CONCRETE CUT OFF _ CONCRETfE PL NTH= . r,CLAY fLANKET :DENTAL CONCRETING SECTION C-C CONCRETE PLINTHA 11120 MFL MRERUBARRIER 1111 5SFL OAM CREST 11 14 5 ASPRALIC CONCRETE CORE 11135 POSSB EFL . METRES SECTION A-A CLAT :LAShET .- [ o 10 Z ao 40 O502 1 2 3 -APHALTIC CONCRETE PL NTO DAM CREDO 11 1145 , =~,- -= pm rn r_ 11115 R5L 11120D MEL 5 , / ASPHALT10 CONCRETE CORE 111M 5 11120 ~ ~ ~ MELAL SETO 5-5RE1 175F 411 1437<10 AD-RALIC CCREE CORE 111CR -P IL GROU CUTIN 5 S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ETO EC TINDB _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SHLI CONCTION COE-E1 ADEPIALT C CO11RLAR PASNTA Ftt7I :g:- =E: . |E :: 0 t C A :~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~on atralCnsrcto ° ~ ~s r ,J ,- _ _ 1I 1 Core Asphalt Concrete Placed HotAnd Compacted I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~In 0.2m Layers . . 2 Filter Processed Amphibolite Placed And Compacted / 31 60mm Simultaneously With The 'I-I I4i 3/ A-~~~~~~.- 3 Transition Qoarded Amphibolite Auphaltic Concrete~Aphaltc Cocret 0.3,' < W < ,_ S }: j%3> / ' 3 Transition Quarried Amphibolite Compacted In 0.4m Layers W V, / I >$-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ A~~~~ 200mm >f~~~~~~~~o-'- Kt\ - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4 Supportini Quare mhbll Compacted In 1 Gm Layers j,0 -u < W< -I - "~44i - - Fill A 1000mm -- -- - -~~~ ~ ~ *- 1 ,.r0-1I~~~uzrvT-C ~~~ hldL7Iji73j3}j~~~4?~~k7A/ 5 Rip Rap AmphiboRipliteA EachlitStone ShallShaBe Placede '. .>~' I K rttTrH E ~ ~ ~ 4~n\0.' Y" SAm cd A tSm With Stable Contacts Between Them KEY - METRES SourR SBEC (undted) DAr,g 201C Project Name BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Dats MARCH 20011 GO3_H_67 Figure 5.13 POWILER Prpared For ROCKFILL DAM WITH AC AES NILE POWER CORE - TYPICAL SECTIONS Asphalt Plant R1eclaim 1 e 12m~1> I.AG Tanik Agea Proc"tSs Rotiry N mnowtoring dfrum dryef Cold feed i unit Sdos [j 51 t_ Mml FRotary drtrnr diyeir B3rtiqihwse I I gE~~~Biumene tal'6it ni a(18 mrmi Source: BEC (undated) Project Name:T BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G0503_H 43 Figure 5.14 OWE NIL 2Prepared forA LAYOUT OF TYPICAL AES NILE POWER ASPHALT CONCRETE PLANT Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 The dam crest (10 m wide) will have a sealed surface access road 7.5 m wide. Site investigation works have shown that adequate quantities of soils suitable for use both in the core and shoulder zones of the dam are available in the immediate vicinity of the site. It is anticipated that much of the material excavated from the dam foundations will be suitable for re-use as dam fill. Rockfill for the dam and shoulder zones and riprap will be won from a quarry established on site and/or selected from excavations for the works, as previously described in Section 5.2.2.4. The concrete mix design will generally be based on the "Norwegian Regulations for Planning, Construction and Operation of Dams (NRD)", English version (1986). However, concrete damage attributed to Alkali-Silica Aggregate Reactivity experienced at the Owen Falls Dam, where the same concrete aggregate materials were used (and are proposed to be used at the Bujagali hydropower facility), call for special precautions. Therefore, low alkali cement will be used in spite of results from aggregate reactivity tests being well within the recommended requirements. Abutments for the dam are required on the east and west banks. Both abutments will follow the design of the dam and use an asphalt core. Impervious clay blankets will be laid underneath the core to reduce leakage and drain water away from the structures. A grout curtain will be provided beneath the upstream end of the walls. Concrete L-shaped retaining walls will be constructed to a height of approximately 10 m on the west abutment to train the water in the tailrace channel of the power station. 5.2.5.2 Power Station Construction of the powerhouse and overflow spillway component of the hydropower facility will commence with blasting and excavation of the foundation area, approximately 20 m below the existing rock level to an elevation of 1,062 mASL (Figure 5.12). Grouting with cement grout will seal the exposed rock. Foundations will be constructed by laying reinforcing steel and installing rock bolts into the bedrock where necessary. Concrete will be poured using 'creter cranes' (Figure 5.15), which lay concrete via a conveyor belt that runs along a derrick. Two creter cranes will be mounted on rails (one upstream and one downstream) such that they can service all parts of the power station. Once the foundations have been laid, five tower cranes will be erected on rails, and A.ES Nile Power 241 Mlarch, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 will be used for erection of the superstructure, with three cranes to the downstream side of the power station, and two on the upstream side. It is planned that tower cranes will be re-used from the recently-completed Owen Falls Extension Project (OFEP). Creter cranes are also available from the OFEP site, but these may be too large for use at Bujagali. If this is the case, creter cranes will be brought in from outside Uganda. An example cross section of the construction site with tower cranes in place is provided in Figure 5.16. The power station will be of modular construction with five machine bays, a services bay and a control building block. Prior to the erection of the power station superstructure, steel draft tubes will be installed, the bases of which will sit on the foundation at elevation 1064.5 mASL (marked as 1 on Figure 5.17). Construction of the powerhouse will proceed in three stages: 1. Construction of the superstructure up to the point where bridge (gantry) cranes can be installed (marked as 12 on Figure 5.17). These will be used for installation of turbine and generator units; 2. Construction of the intake structure; and, 3. Construction of the spillway. The intake and turbine block for each bay will be cast as integral units with water bars between the adjacent bays. The services bay will be located to the west of the power station and will be used initially to assemble the generating sets and later for maintenance and repairs. The main floor level will be the same as the generator floor of the power station at 1095.0 mASL. Additional rooms for pumps and compressor, maintenance and storage equipment, water treatment plant etc. can be accommodated in the basement floor below the main floor. The control building will be situated adjacent to the services bay at the west end of the power station complex. The building will be a four-storey control and administration centre, and will be constructed at the same time as the main power station structure. AES Nile Power 242 March, 2001 l - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1~ :PE L' L4.;IlE ,--t < ,. 5 t''4 o X > 1/~~~~~~~~~~~~PEER [I Source: Impregilo (I997) Drawing: R34010 BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER ct:MRH201 G53_4 Fiue.5 FACILITY EIA / 1 P.ERrepared for: CR ETE[ R C RANE r AESNILE OWER - PTAIN J5/4t Y R6-2 42 - - TYP C,' L 6EC-l ON Source. Impregilo (1997) Drawing: R34010 Project Name: . BUJAALI YDROOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G0503_H_44 Figure 5.16 NI,E ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FACILITY EIA IAM Prepared for: TOWER CRANES PrS Njec Nae: LrC;VD I DRAFT TUBE _ CENERATCF 4 TUREINE 5 DOWNSTPrAM ROLLER CATF 4 F AP E ATE 7 JNIT TRANSFORMER 3 TRA'H RACI 10 TEASH RACF CLEANING MACHINE I_ BRIDGF CRANF 13 GTTOFLOOG uANTP CGFANE 14 GRI UTN[G & DRAINAIT CAI[FRY 15 DEWATERIIG GALLERY C TOOLING WEILA TREArMENI // g 1114100 EFl ELOTcTCAL FITTREsTON 1112f) KAFL 11 --- 19 UNI I LOCAL CONITROL KMOWED - - llf'___ MO ___| ____r __1- __ _) 220 FLAPGATF OIL FF FE,S.RF IIIrT Q Ti~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 RETUPN IF, ODTJIf I 06 LLL - ,1/ | 2 t 0 | _ a IlOb ,A 22 DFWATFFINO &. DRAINIAGE 1JMp 25 HITH VC,LTA,E CABLE GALLEY 32 ACCEFS TO TIPIAL CASE Q ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 AIR SIJPPL DI411CT I Ij7 Oh 5 5 | / L - = | t o072 Nn. 1FF 30~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~OF I 7 Q H ] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Source. BEG (undated) J Fl: K QOO03b KPrnj ect Name: BUJAGALI HYDROPOWER Date: MARCH, 2001 G0503 H 84 L Figure 5.17 NLER Prepared forF POWER STATION AES NILE POWER VERTICAL SECTION THROUGH UNIT 3 Bujagali Project Jltvdropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 5.2.5.3 River Bank Training Works and Reservoir Preparation The topography of the riverbanks is such that training works may be required to reduce the possibility of landslips. Within 50 m of the intake the river bed will be excavated down to 1085 mASL. From this level, the riverbed will be excavated at a slope of 1:4 down to 1078 mASL immediately in front of the intake. Erosion protection will be placed on excavated areas with exposed soil. The riverbanks within 300 m upstream of the intake will be investigated and areas deemed by BEC as unstable and likely to cause minor landslips will be stabilised by excavation of critical slopes and/or protection by riprap and geotextile materials. In the inundated area all vegetation will be cleared to ground level, but will not be grubbed, i.e. no digging will be carried out. Clearance and disposal of cleared material will be carried out by the same method as previously outlined for the Stage I and 2 diversion channels. 5.2.5.4 Reservoir Filling The reservoir will be filled in such a way that no more than 25% of the discharge downstream of Owen-Falls Dam is retained in the Bujagali reservoir (a minimum residual flow [MRF] downstream of Bujagali of no less than 75% of the discharge downstream of Owen Falls Dam has been agreed by BEC). Although the reservoir could in theory be filled in approximately 16 hours, the ongoing checks of dam and riverbank stability will mean that the reservoir is filled slowly, and in a staged manner. In practice, the discharge downstream of Bujagali at any one time is likely to be considerably more than the MRF that has been agreed with BEC, and changes in the discharge downstream of Bujagali will be nearly imperceptible. i.2.5.5 Proceduresfor Drilling and Blusting During Foundation works Procedures for drilling and blasting are included in Appendix E. I. 5.2.6 Bujagali Switchyard/Substation A 132 kV outdoor open terninal substation is to be established in close proximity to the power station, to provide the means by which the power station exports its power to the Ugandan grid system. The substation will be of double bus-bar single circuit breaker construction. In addition to the generator circuits and feeder circuits, the substation will .4ES Nile Power 249 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chaprer S include bus-coupler, bus-section and station transformer circuits. The control and relay equipment for the substation will be housed in a building adjacent to the substation. Construction of the substation will require levelling of the designated area to 1124 mASL. Spoil taken from the uphill part of the site will be re-used for levelling the downhill part of the site. Work at the Bujagali substation will take place over a period of 30 months (including commissioning), commencing in month 7 of the construction program. The level of activity in the first year will be most significant, and will consist of site surfacing and other civil works. The electrical installation activities will commence in month 16. This will consist of the erection of steel structures and the installation of high voltage equipment, control boards, wiring and control cables. Tasks required during the construction phase include: * Civil works (leveling and drainage drainage, drilling and excavation of footings, and preparation of crushed rock pad); * Installation of foundations and other support structures; * Installation of oil collection systems; Erection of steel structures; * Erection of high voltage (HV) equipment; * Construction of control building and installation of control boards; * Installation of wiring and control cables; and, * Testing, energising and commissioning of substation. Cormmissioning activities for the substation are described in more detail in Section 5.2.10. 5.2.7 Transmission Lines A 220 kV double circuit transmission line is proposed to connect Bujagali to a new substation at Kawanda, approximately 10 km north of Kampala. From Kawanda, a 132 kV double circuit transmission line is proposed to connect to the existing substation at Mutundwe in western Kampala. In addition, two double circuit 132 kV lines are proposed to connect the Bujagali power station to the existing substation at Owen Falls, and to connect into the AES Nile Power 250 March, 2001 Bujagali Project Hydropower Facility EIA Chapter 5 existing Owen Falls to Tororo line. An EIS for these components of the project has been submitted as a separate suite of documents. 5.2.8 Site Reinstatement 5.2.8.1 Landscaping All areas disturbed by construction activities shall be restored to a natural appearance by landscaping, top soil spreading, grassing and planting of trees., as appropriate. Particular care shall be exercised in restoring the power station and switchyard environs, the dam abutments and the downstream section of Dumbbell Island. All BEC's temporary facilities, including batching and crushing plants, crane foundations, workshops, offices and other buildings shall be removed from site upon completion of the hydropower facility. All surfaces to be grassed shall be prepared to a fine tilth. If topsoil is generally available, a 100 mm layer shall be placed over the area to be grassed and an indigenous "runner" type grass planted. Otherwise, sprigs of grass shall be planted at approximately 200 mm apart in a pocket of topsoil 75 mm deep x 75 mm diameter. Planting shall be carried out at the begimling of the rainy season or shall be irrigated. BEC are in the process of producing a restoration plan for the quarry on the west bank. A preliminary plan is included in Appendix E.2. An option that is currently under discussion with FIRRI is the possibility of connecting the quarry pit with the river channel, and profiling the shallow areas in such a way that they provide spawning and nursery habitat for commercially-important fish species. 5.2.8.2 Access Roads Land along the reservoir margins, as well as the west bank haul road from the main quarry to the dam site, will be owned by the Uganda Land Commission on behalf of the Ministry of Energy. The decision about whether to maintain this road or to reinstate it to its original condition will be made during the construction phase in consultation with ULC, Ministry of Energy and the Minist